Current through Register Vol. 49, No. 9, September, 2024
SECTION TWO DESIGN REVIEW SECTION
2-100 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICES SELECTION
PROCEDURES
(A) To ensure an equitable
opportunity for all practicing design professionals, and in accordance with
Arkansas Code Annotated §
22-2-101 et.
seq., ABA has initiated the following procedures that shall be followed to
select firms or individuals to perform professional services for capital
improvement projects. All agencies except as exempted by law, are required to
use the MSC.
(B) Agencies shall
comply with the Department of Finance and Administration, Office of State
Procurement guidelines and policies in the development of requests for
qualifications, structure of evaluation committees and evaluation of responses
in the solicitation, evaluation and selection of design professional under this
section.
(C) Any reference to the
words "the Section" within Section Two shall mean the Design Review
Section.
2-101 SELECTION
AUTHORITY SCHEDULE
(A) Agencies' whose fund's
have been appropriated by the General Assembly to the Agency or appropriated to
ABA for specific buildings within Pulaski County shall have the responsibility
for selecting the Design Professional. Any questions regarding the
interpretation of this method should be directed to the ABA Design Review
Section.
(B) Agencies desiring to
enter into a professional services agreement wherein the contemplated fee,
exclusive of reimbursable expenses, are $5000 or less, may contact any
qualified provider without ABA approval and negotiate an agreement for the
required services.
(C) Agencies
desiring to enter into professional services agreements wherein the
contemplated fee, exclusive of reimbursable expenses, do not exceed $25,000,
may utilize a purchase order for these services in accordance with Ark. Code
Ann. §
19-11-1012(b)(9)(A).
Agencies may enter into such purchase order agreements without prior approval
of ABA.
(D) Agencies desiring to
enter into a professional services agreement wherein the contemplated fee,
exclusive of reimbursable expenses, are more than $5000 but $25,000 or less,
may solicit qualifications from 3 or more qualified providers without ABA
approval. Agencies should review Ark. Code Ann. §
19-11-801
before initiating the process. The following is the recommended process:
(1) Issue a letter of request to the selected
firms describing the nature of the services desired, the description of the
project contemplated and require interested parties to submit a statement of
qualifications and or pertinent information;
(2) Form a selection committee to evaluate
the qualifications of the respondents and select the firm or individual to
negotiate with;
(3) Should
negotiations for a fee of less than $25,000 fail, Agencies may approach their
next selection and initiate negotiations. If negotiations are unsuccessful with
all respondents, the agency should determine to terminate the selection process
and either re-evaluate the scope of services required and begin this process
over or move to the formal selection process described in this
section;
(4) While these agreements
($25,000 or less) are not submitted to ABA or DF&A for prior approval,
Agencies must report the agreements to DF&A/OSP in accordance with their
rules.
(5) While ABA approval is
not required for contracts $25,000 or less, Agencies can make a written request
for ABA assistance in the selection process. (See §
2 -102
on the process of written requests.)
(E) Agencies desiring to enter into a
professional services agreement wherein the contemplated fee, exclusive of
reimbursable expenses exceeds $2 5,000 shall follow
the procedures described in §
2 -102
through §
2 -106.
(F) Selection of design professionals and
consultants will be coordinated by the State Architect or State Engineer or
designee depending upon their respective or related fields.
(G) Agencies desiring to enter into a
sole-source professional services agreement wherein the contemplated fee,
exclusive of reimbursable expenses exceeds $5,000 shall follow the procedures
established by DF&A/OSP. Upon DFA/OSP approval of a contract which exceeds
$2 5,000 in fees (excluding
reimbursables), the Agency shall attach a copy of the justification and
approval to the contract when submitting for ABA review.
2-102 AUTHORIZATION TO CONDUCT SELECTION
(A) Advertising shall not be implemented
until approved by the Section. The Section shall assign the solicitation
process the appropriate RFQ number for tracking purposes. This RFQ number shall
be referenced on all documents and correspondence related to the selection
process and shall be shown on the lower left-hand corner of the first page of
the professional services contract. Any Agency requiring design professional
services or other appropriate consultants, regardless of the nature of funding,
shall submit by letter their intentions, and request "Authorization to Proceed"
from the Section, providing the following information:
(1) Agency name and project;
(2) Location of project;
(3) Description of services
desired;
(4) Source of
funding;
(5) Description of the
work to be accomplished and approximate square footage where
applicable;
(6) Approximate time
frame for the anticipated need to start and complete the project;
(7) Agency Project Coordinator and telephone
number.
(8) Estimated cost of the
construction project or estimated total fees that will be expended over the
life of the contract.
(9)
Acknowledgement that the agency has the request for qualification (RFQ)
document ready for distribution.
(B) Draft of advertisement, name of
newspapers advertising in, and deadline for submitting advertisement. Notice
shall be placed on the ABA website. Published notices shall run at least one
(1) time. The date of publication shall not be less than one (1) week before
the day fixed therein for the receipt of the responses. See 2-105
EXCEPTION.
(C) The draft
advertisement should contain but not be limited to the following information:
(1) Advertisement cost billing information
from the Agency including the name, address, and phone number of the purchasing
official to which all invoices should be submitted;
(2) Notice to the Design Professional as
needed (i.e.: Architects, Engineers, Environmental Consultants or specialized
fields such as Electrical Engineers);
(3
) Name of the Agency, division, department and location of the
project; and RFQ number;
(4) A
brief description of the project, including the approximate square footage for
new construction or renovations and the desired services;
(5) The desired deadline for responses to the
request for qualifications;
(6)
Instructions for obtaining a copy of the Request for Qualifications package
(i.e. website address, telephone number, contact name);
(7) The name, address, and phone number of
the Agency person to whom the responses should be directed.
2-103 PUBLIC
NOTIFICATIONS REQUIRED
After approval by the Section to conduct selection procedures,
the selecting Agency shall be required to publish a notification that Design
Professional services are being solicited. A notice shall be published in at
least one (1) statewide newspaper for each project pursuant to the
advertisement criteria under §
2 -102
(C). Agencies are encouraged to publish notification in other publications,
including but not limited to newspapers or trade journals with general
circulation in the county where the project will be located.
2-104 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS
The following are minimum qualifications required for Design
Professionals desiring to contract for design services with the State:
(A) All Design Professionals shall
demonstrate their capability to perform the design of the project to the
satisfaction of the selection committee.
(B) All Design Professionals, except for
geo-technical engineers, whether prime or serving as consultants to the prime,
shall have in force professional and general liability insurance in the amounts
shown in §
2 -311 and §
2 -312
and proof of compliance shall be attached to all standard professional services
contracts.
(C) All Design
Professionals, whether prime or serving as consultants to the prime, shall be
licensed in their respective disciplines in Arkansas or shall be capable of
being licensed and shall do so immediately in accordance with their respective
licensing entities, if awarded the project. Bid documents shall not be released
to bidders without Design Professional's Arkansas registration stamp or seal
and signature as evidence of compliance.
2-105 RESPONDING PROCEDURES
Allow a minimum of one (1) week after the last advertisement for
the receipt of responses from interested design professionals. Responses shall
be in writing and in the format stipulated in the RFQ, (FAX or telegram
communications are not acceptable), and addressed to the Agency official
identified in the RFQ document. EXCEPTION: Allow a minimum of not less than two
(2) weeks for projects that are
large or complex and that might require the services of an out-of-state design
or consultant firm.
2-106
SELECTION METHOD
(A) After the response
period, the receiving Agency, if it decides to move forward, shall take one of
the following actions:
(1) For design
professional type services or single project contracts wherein the estimated
construction cost is less than one million dollars ($1,000,000), pursuant to
Arkansas Code Annotated §
19-11-801
through §
19-11-805,
Agencies may select a design professional from annual statements of
qualifications on file with the Agency. Nothing in this policy shall prohibit
an agency from conducting an individual solicitation for on-call services or
single projects regardless of estimated cost.
(a) Agency shall issue a public notice of
their intent to solicit annual statements of qualifications and performance
data from interested design professionals in accordance with §
2 -103.
(b) Agency shall maintain qualifications
received on file for a period of not more than 12
months after closing date of solicitation.
(c) When an Agency has a need for design
professional services, the agency shall notify the Section of the need and the
type of services desired. The Agency shall select no less than three (3)
qualified firms (or individuals) from the qualifications on file and shall
submit the names of the firms (or individuals) selected for consideration to
the Section.
(d) The Section shall
review the list of consultants and the scope of the services desired to
determine that the correct type of design professionals are being considered.
Upon a favorable determination, the Section will issue a letter of
authorization and the Agency may then proceed with the selection process. The
Section may requests additional information as necessary to conduct this
review.
(e) Agency shall then
evaluate the qualifications of the consultants and select the best qualified
candidate capable of providing the desired services and negotiate a contract.
The agency shall conduct oral interviews of all selected candidates prior to
making the final selection.
(f)
Agencies shall initiate a contract with the Design Professional and then submit
it to the DFA/OSP for review, approval, and processing. Prior to final
approval, DFA/OSP submits contracts and amendments for the Section to review
which are under its jurisdiction. Agencies may request the assistance of the
Section in the negotiation phase of the contact development.
(2) For project specific
contracts wherein the estimated construction cost is over one million dollars
($1,000,000) per project, Agencies shall select design professionals from
qualifications received from a specific public notifications of request for
qualifications.
(a) The Agency shall convene
the Preliminary Selection Screening Committee. This Screening Committee shall
be composed of no less than three (3) members from the particular Agency
desiring design professional services. It is recommended members should have
subject matter experience or expertise in the areas the project will affect,
and/or financial management, contracting or experience managing construction or
design professional services contracts.
(b) The Preliminary Selection Screening
Committee shall meet at a designated time and place, and review all responses.
There shall be no more than five (5) finalists selected. A minimum of three
finalists may be selected for smaller, low budget projects (under $5,000,000).
The agency may request the assistance of the Section during the selection
process. If requested, a Section representative will be assigned to the
committee to guide the committee through the process but shall not vote. If
five (5) or less firms (three (3) or less for smaller projects) respond, the
Agency may submit a written request to the Section for a waiver from the
pre-selection process provided the Agency agrees to interview all firms that
responded. If only one firm responded, the Agency may submit a written request
to the Section for a waiver of the pre-selection and interview process and may
begin negotiations with the firm that responded to the advertisement. The
Agency may also request authorization to begin the selection process over.
Nothing shall prohibit an agency from interviewing more than the initial five
(5) finalists, if the agency determines that is in their best interest to do so
upon written approval of the Section.
(c) Upon completion of the pre-selection
process, the committee chairperson shall complete the Design Professional
Selection Tracking Form and return it to the Section with the following
information: list of all responses received, list of respondents selected for
evaluation, list of respondents selected for interview, and list of committee
members.
(d) Within three (3)
working days, the agency shall notify all responding applicants by mail of the
selection results, naming the finalists selected for interview.
(e) The Final Selection Screening Committee
shall be made up of the Preliminary Selection Screening Committee. While it is
recommended that no substitution of members of the final selection committee
occur, if more than 3 members served on the pre-selection committee, agencies
may reduce the number to a minimum of 3 members..
(f) The final selection shall be made by the
Agency following the interviews and oral presentations from the finalists
selected by the Preliminary Selection Screening Committee. Notice of said
interviews shall be mailed to the finalists notifying the respective finalists
of the time and location of the interview at least ten (10) days prior to the
interview. Exception: Allow fifteen (15) working days for projects that are
large or complex and that may require the services of an out-of-state design or
consultant firm.
(g) Each finalist
shall be given a specific time to make their presentation and a time schedule
to follow. The order of presentations shall be determined by random drawing
during the preselection process.
(h) Preliminary designs or suggested designs
shall not be permitted during the selection process and shall be grounds for
disqualification. However, audio/video presentations and boards may be used to
help communicate that the firm understands the nature of the proposed project
and unique design challenges that may be encountered.
(i) Nothing in the MSC shall be construed to
prohibit an ABA representative from attending any pre-selection or final
selection proceeding for the purposes of auditing the process.
(j) The Agency shall forward the name of the
Design Professional selected to the Section within two working days after the
final selection is approved by the Agency. This notification will become part
of the permanent record and the Agency shall notify all finalist of the result
of the interviews. With the notification to the selected design professional,
the Agency shall initiate a contract with the Design Professional and submit it
to the DFA/OSP for review, approval, and processing. The DFA/OSP shall forward
to the Section the contracts and amendments subject to ABA review. Agencies may
request the assistance of the Section in the negotiation phase of the contact
development.
(B) Agencies shall be responsible for
maintaining a complete record of the selection process from initiation through
execution of the contract and contract closeout. This record shall include
copies of all qualifications, scoring, notes, and correspondence including the
firms not selected for consideration. ABA is responsible for maintaining
documents or copies thereof which have been submitted in the approval
process.
(C) At the conclusion of
the selection process submit to the Section a compact disk containing a copy of
the initial request to begin the selection process, Section letter of
authorization to proceed, the advertisement publication (tear sheet), a copy of
the RFQ documents, one complete copy of each respondent's qualification package
received and a copy of the completed ABA tracking form, and copies of all
letters on notification. The professional services contract may not be approved
until receipt of this information. To facilitate tracking, the contract shall
reference the assigned RFQ number. The disk submitted to ABA should be labeled
with the RFQ number and project name or type of services requested.
2-200 STANDARD FEE SCHEDULE FOR
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
The fees shown in schedule §
2 -211 are the maximum that will
be allowed and are considered necessary for the performance of adequate
professional services, unless exempted by law. Any increase beyond the scope of
the fee schedule must be approved by the ABA Director if such increases are
determined to be in the best interests of the state.
2-201 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL'S BASIC
SERV ICES DEFINED
(A) Basic services, when referred to in the
following fee schedules, shall be defined as follows and include all the
services of the architectural, landscape architect, civil, mechanical,
electrical, and structural consultants under one (1) basic fee. For review of
funding and Agency programs refer to §2-401 through 2-404.
(1) Estimate of probable construction cost.
Provide a separate line item for each of the technical specification
divisions.
(2) Perform life cycle
cost analysis of building components and systems in accordance with the
Arkansas Energy Office rules for Energy Efficiency for Public Buildings for new
construction projects exceeding 20,000 SF and renovation projects exceeding
20,000 SF wherein the estimated construction cost exceeds 50% of the insured
valued of the building.
(3)
Schematic design, approximately 15% complete. (To be submitted to Agencies only
for approval.)
(4) Design
development, approximately 50% complete. Include an estimate of the annual
operation costs and energy consumption of all utilities, using industry
standard average energy use for the building type. (To be submitted to the
Agencies only for approval.)
(5)
Seismic Design as required for projects to comply with Arkansas laws and the
current Arkansas Fire Prevention Code.
(6) Construction documents. 100% complete
documents to be submitted to the Agencies for review and following the agency
review, submitted on to the Section for review and approval. Include an up to
date copy of the estimated annual operation cost and energy consumption
submitted with the design development documents. Consumption data shall be
expressed in terms of total BTUH/SF/YR for new buildings and additions over
20,000 SF and for renovations exceeding 20,000 SF wherein the estimated cost of
the renovation exceeds 50% of the insured value of the building. For all other
projects, Consumptions shall be expressed as total BTUH/YR for the affected
work.
(7) Agency reviews as
applicable, which includes but is not limited to, ABA, the State Fire Marshall,
and the Arkansas Department of Health.
(8) Advertisement, bidding of project, and
contract negotiations as required to conform to the project funding.
(B) Basic Services are also to
include periodic construction observation (site visits) by the prime Design
Professional and all consultants at key critical times, for that applicable
portion of the work for which they are involved, during construction and
construction administration, including:
(1)
Contract, bonds, insurance requirements review, coordination of contract
documents and processing to the Construction Section;
(2) Shop drawing and material submittal
reviews by the appropriate Design Professional or consultant;
(3) Periodic observation reports, a minimum
of one (1) per month, complying with §
2 -1605, "Design Professional
Observation Requirements", prepared by the Design Professional and appropriate
consultants and furnished to the Agency and the Construction Section. Include
sub-consultant site visit(s) and an observation report(s) which is provided
with the prime design professional's observation report and certification of
contractor's payment applications.
(4) The appropriate Design Professional or
Consultant shall monitor and ensure that all Agency
operations/orientation/training or equipment manuals, or all, are submitted,
reviewed, approved and transmitted to the Agency. Acknowledgment of this
transmittal shall be included in the final closeout documents.
(5) Receive for the Agency from the
Contractor, "record" drawings and all project close-out items pursuant to
§3-500 through §3-504 and prepare a compact disc containing the
record documents.
(6) Follow up
inspection by all parties within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of
the one (1) year Contractor's Warranty.
2-202 ARCHITECTURAL AND BUILDING RELATED
ENGINEERING SERVICES FEES
(A) Fees shall be
based on the Design Services Fee Schedule shown in §
2-2
11. This fee schedule is to be used for all Architectural, Civil, Landscape
Architecture, Structural, Mechanical, and Electrical Design Professional
Services. These fees shall be considered part of "Basic Services" for a project
as defined in §
2-2
01.
(B) Fee schedule shall be used
to determine the base fee, which includes all consultants noted above, computed
on the basis of the design professional providing all basic services, as
defined in this Standards and Criteria manual, times a percentage of the total
construction cost.
(C) Base fees
shall include the "full services" (unless otherwise negotiated) of all normal
consultants, i.e., civil, architectural, landscape, structural, mechanical, and
electrical, per §
2 -201.
(D) Note: All standard professional services
contracts, negotiated as a percentage of construction cost, shall pay
compensation to the Design Professional on the basis of actual construction
cost, including all negotiations and change orders through final acceptance and
payments to the contractor. Estimated construction cost, as approved by the
Agency, shall be used until the bids are accepted, or if the project is
canceled.
2-203 OTHER
DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
For boundary or topographical land survey services refer to
§2-207; for Geo-technical engineering services, refer to § 2-208; for
environmental engineering services, refer to § 2-209; for interior design
services refer to § 2-206; for seismic design fee allowance refer to
§2-204 and for asbestos consultant
fees refer to §
2 -210.
2-204 SEISMIC DESIGN FEE ALLOWANCES
(A) For projects requiring seismic design and
certification to comply with Arkansas laws and the current Arkansas Fire
Prevention Code, fees may be increased, with the approval of the Section, as
follows:
(1) Arkansas Seismic Design
Categories A, B, and C: Basic services as defined under §2-200,
§2-201.
(2) Arkansas Seismic
Design Category D: Multiply base fee only, up to 1.04, maximum.
(3) Arkansas Seismic Design Category E:
Multiply base fee only up to 1.05, maximum.
(4) Where applicable, the multipliers may be
used to compute the seismic design allowance in Seismic Design Categories D and
E only. These allowances shall be listed under the base fee shown on the
standard professional services contract under "Compensation" as: Seismic Design
Fee Allowance, "Category D" (or "E") = $ (Amount). Do not list as a combined
fee.
(B) Compliance with
all applicable seismic design building codes shall include all ABA defined
structural and normal non-structural elements. Refer to § 2-900.
(C) Additional Services for Non-Structural
Elements (All Zones). Earthquake resistant design of specific,
"out-of-the-ordinary" items or equipment not listed, may require "additional
services" on the standard professional services contract, unless otherwise
negotiated, for these non-structural seismic design bracing details. These
"additional services", may be negotiated on an hourly, lump sum, or percentage
of construction cost agreement when approved by the Section.
(D) Additional Services for Dynamic
Structural Analysis: Should dynamic structural analysis be required for the
seismic design of a structure to meet all applicable building codes, this
analysis shall be considered an "additional service" under the standard
professional services contract or its attachment, unless otherwise negotiated.
This expense shall not be incurred without the approval of the
Section.
2-205
SPECIALIZED CONSULTANTS
Fees may be negotiated on a percentage of construction cost, lump
sum, or hourly fee (not to exceed) agreement with approval by the Section.
Specialized consultants could include the following specialized fields
including but not limited to: acoustical, theatrical lighting, parking, food
service, solar, computer, exhibit planners, building commissioning, graphic,
geo-technical, testing, land surveying, and land planning. Include a line item
for each specialized consultant's fee under "compensation" in the Professional
Service Contract and list as "Additional Services-[TYPE OF CONSULTANT]
Fees".
2-206 INTERIOR
DESIGN SERVICES
A basic interior design service fee not to exceed ten percent
(10%) maximum of the total cost of all furniture, draperies, equipment,
fixtures, paintings, artifacts, and the like, including planning and
observation of placement and installation of same, shall be used by all
agencies. Extra services desired by the owner shall require prior approval by
the Section. Include all "Interior Design Fees" under "compensation" in the
Professional Service Contract and list as "Additional Services-Interior Design
Fees".
2-207 BOUNDARY OR
TOPOGRAPHICAL LAND SURVEYING SERVICES FEES
Boundary or topographical land surveys are considered a
specialized engineering services and fees for these types of services shall be
negotiated on an hourly not-to-exceed rate or a lump sum commensurate with the
scope of the survey. Fees for this type of service require the approval of the
Section. Prior to finalizing the negotiations, agencies shall submit a draft of
the scope of the work and the proposed fee arrangement to the Section.
2-208 GEO-TECHNICAL ENGINEERING
SERVICES FEES
Geo-technical investigations are considered a specialized
engineering service and fees for geo-technical services may be negotiated on an
hourly not-to-exceed fee or a lump sum agreement. If conditions are such that a
lump sum (not to exceed) cannot be guaranteed, then a unit price per boring or
trench may be included to cover the suspected conditions that may be
encountered. Fees for this type of service require the approval of the Section.
Prior to finalizing the negotiations, submit a draft of the scope of the work
and the proposed fee arrangement to the Section.
2-209 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING SERVICES FEES
For projects involving purely environmental engineering services,
excluding asbestos consulting services, independent of a new building
construction project and where the services of the engineer are contracted
directly to the Agency, the fees may be negotiated on a percentage of the
construction cost, lump sum, or hourly fee (not to exceed) agreement with
approval by the Section. Prior to finalizing negotiations, submit a draft of
the scope of the work and the proposed fee arrangement to the Section.
2-210 ASBESTOS CONSULTANT FEES
Asbestos inspection, design, air monitoring and project
management services are considered a specialized consulting services and fees
for these types of services shall be negotiated on an hourly not-to-exceed
rate, a daily or abatement shift rate or a lump sum commensurate with the scope
of the project. The Section shall approve fees for this type of service.
Agencies shall submit a draft of the scope of work and the proposed fee
arrangement to the Section prior to finalization of negotiations.
2-211 DESIGN SERVICES FEE SCHEDULE
(A) The following fee schedule for basic
services as defined in § 2-201 is based upon a percentage of the total
(final) construction cost including all adjustments (increases and decrease) by
change order or negotiations and as modified by the footnotes at the bottom of
this schedule. For projects less than $50,000 or more than $50,000,000, fees
may be negotiated subject to ABA approval.
CONSTRUCTION COST
|
BASIC FEE
|
Less than $50,000
|
As Negotiate d
|
$50,001 to $75,000
|
9.25%
|
$75,001 to $100,000
|
9.00%
|
$100,001 to $200,000
|
8.75%
|
$200,001 to $300,000
|
8.50%
|
$300,001 to $400,000
|
8.25%
|
$400,001 to $500,000
|
8.00%
|
$500,001 to $600,000
|
7.75%
|
$600,001 to $700,000
|
7.50%
|
$700,001 to $800,000
|
7.25%
|
$800,001 to $900,000
|
7.00%
|
$900,001 to $1,000,000
|
6.75%
|
$1,000,001 to $20,000,000
|
6.50%
|
$20,000,001 to$ 22,500,000
|
6.25%
|
$22,500,001 to $25,000,000
|
6.00%
|
$25,000,001 to $27,500,000
|
5.75%
|
$27,500,001 to $30,000,000
|
5.50%
|
$30,000,001 to $32,500,000
|
5.25%
|
$32,500,001 to $35,000,000
|
5.00%
|
$35,000,001 to $37,500,000
|
4.75%
|
$37,500,001 to $40,000,000
|
4.50%
|
$40,000,001 to $42,500,000
|
4.25%
|
$42,500,001 to $50,000,000
|
4.00%
|
Over $50,000,000
|
As Negotiated
|
(B)
Prior to applying any of the modifiers listed below, Agencies shall submit a
request to the Section for authorization to negotiate a contract containing
these modifiers. The request shall include a description of the services to be
added or deleted and the range the Agency intends to negotiate to.
(1) For simple projects such as warehouses,
parking lots, parking decks, agricultural facilities or similar, deduct a
minimum of 1% from the fees indicated.
(2) For projects involving the site
adaptation of an existing design such as a standard bath house, employee
residence, or similar, deduct a minimum of 2% from the fees
indicated.
(3) For complex projects
such as hospitals, medical or research facilities, laboratories containing
extensive amounts of scientific equipment, add a maximum of 1.5% to the fees
indicated.
(4) For projects
involving the renovation of existing structures where accurate as-built
information does not exist, add a maximum of 2% to the fees indicated to allow
the design professional to survey the facility and develop accurate plans of
existing conditions.
(5) For
projects where more intense observation is required to ensure proper execution
of the project such as but not limited to; installation of underground
utilities, pouring of massive or structural concrete structures, add a maximum
of 4% to the fees indicated. Agencies are encouraged to negotiate these
additional fees on an hourly rate not to exceed the 4% maximum. These services
shall be listed on the professional services under "compensation" as a separate
line item entitled "Additional Project Observation".
2-300 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
CONTRACT DEVELOPMENT
(A) All professional
service contracts and amendments shall be submitted on the forms developed and
approved by DFA/OSP only. Attachments to these standard forms are permitted and
encouraged. All attachments shall be edited to be in compliance with applicable
rules and laws.
(B) Contracts may
be amended to increase or decrease the fees, to add or replace sub-consultants
or modify the terms and conditions at any time during the contract period and
may be amended to extend the time annually until the project is completed.
However, the contract may not be amended to extend the time beyond maximum
limits for professional services contracts as established by laws and the
DFA/OSP rules.
(C) All contracts
and the selection of the design professional shall be only as approved by the
Section, and must follow all ABA MSC rules and OSP rules regarding submission
schedules, fees and reimbursable expenses for reporting and tracking unless
exempted by law.
(D) All reports,
studies, budget cost estimates and the like produced under these contracts
shall be submitted to the Section for record in the same manner as plan
reviews.
2-301 PROJECT
SPECIFIC TYPE CONTRACTS
(A) Agencies are
required to use a project specific contract for each capital improvement
project where the estimated construction cost exceeds $1,000,000 including
contingency cost. These contracts shall not be amended to add additional
projects or to increase the scope of the work to add or alter additional
buildings, or to make additional improvement to site work or utilities beyond
the original defined scope in the solicitation for design service.
(B) Fees for professional services under this
type of contract are customarily based on a percentage of the construction cost
as established in § 2-211. Fee arrangements other than a percentage fee
require written justification submitted to the Section for approval prior to
negotiating the contract. Additional services beyond the basic fee may be added
as appropriate and as defined in § 2-200.
(C) Agencies may enter into design
professional contracts for project specific type of contracts in which the
project is less than $1,000,000.
2-302 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL (MULTIPLE PROJECT
TYPE) CONTRACTS
(A) In some instances,
Agencies may elect to enter into a standard professional services contract with
an architect, engineer, or consultant for multiple minor projects or minor
projects which are time critical during the contract period. Do not use the
phrases "Indefinite Delivery or Open End" when referring to these contracts.
The use of these phrases implies that these contracts will not end. State
contracts must have a finite term and cost. These types of contracts are
referred to as design professional contracts as defined in Arkansas Code
Annotated §
19-11-1001.
(B) These types of contracts are to provide
professional services for small projects and additions, particularly renovation
and maintenance type projects, that do not exceed $1,000,000 in construction
cost. These types of contract are also applicable for feasibility studies,
programming studies, budget estimates, technical assistance, emergency damage
recovery projects and other similar activities involving architectural or
engineering expertise.
(C) Fees for
each individual project under this type of contract should be based on a
percentage of construction cost, lump sum, or an hourly (not to exceed) type
contract. Detail statement of work documents or task order assignment documents
should be developed for each assignment defining the scope of the assignment,
fee arrangement, completion time and deliverables required from the consultant
at the time of the project assignment. Fee payments should be closely audited
to ensure they do not exceed the maximum allowable fee authorized by the
assignment order. Terms for these contracts must remain the same for the
duration of the contract period.
2-303 LUMP SUM OR HOURLY FEES (NOT TO EXCEED)
As an alternative to the fees as a percent of construction cost
set forth in § 2-211, the Agency may negotiate a lump sum or hourly (not
to exceed) fee contract, subject to approval by the Section. The lump sum or
hourly (not to exceed) fee should be based on the estimated construction cost,
which is applied the percentages set forth in § 2-211 or a lesser
percentage figure may be used if the Agency determines that portions of the
design work can be furnished by other qualified sources.
2-304 ADDITIONAL SERVICES FEES
(A) Fees for "Additional Services" may be
based on lump sum or hourly (not to exceed), unit prices. "Additional Services"
fees shall be agreed upon in writing prior to the encumbrance of
expense.
(B) Multipliers for
additional services may not be used in an attachment to a professional services
contract or invoice for services unless approved by the Agency and the Section
in the initial standard professional services contract. Design Professionals
may include a "multiplier" only where "above normal and lengthy" coordination
of the additional services of outside specialized consultants is involved and
approved by the Agency. This multiplier shall not exceed 1.10 times actual cost
and should be clearly stated in any invoices for payment.
(C) Multipliers shall not be applied to
equipment, material, or incidentals furnished to complete a project. Only
consultant or personnel charges are applicable.
2-305 MULTIPLIERS FOR REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES
(A) Certain contracts, such as the AIA
Document, "Abbreviated" "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and
Architect", provide for the use of multipliers when computing the expenses
incurred by the Architect (Design Professional), his employee, or consultants.
Multipliers shall not be used when submitting invoices without the written
agreement of the Agency and the Section during the initial preparation of a
standard professional services contract. Multipliers up to a maximum of 1.10
times actual expenses for the procurement, coordination, and review of the work
required such as legal surveys, geo-technical services, specialized consultants
requested by the Agency, and the like, may be used only if acceptable to the
Agency and the Section, and are clearly stated and referenced to the standard
professional services contract in an attachment.
(B) Reimbursable expenses for material items,
printed materials, and reproduction of plans and specifications, testing lab
fees, or Agency review fees shall not be billed or invoiced with any
multipliers. Invoices are accepted for actual expenses incurred only. Expenses
will not be accepted without an invoice.
2-306 ACCEPTABLE/ALLOWABLE REIMBURSABLE
EXPENSES
(A) Certain expenses will be incurred
during a construction project, which may need to be included in all standard
professional services contracts and also included as allowances in the design
professional's contract under "Reimbursable Expenses", such as:
(1) Reproduction of design and bid documents
(blueprints, printing, electronic media, cost, and the like). NOTE: These
expenses to the Agency are limited to those provided the review agencies during
the design review phases of the project, the minimum number of set required to
bid the project subject to approval of the Agency, and the minimum numbers of
sets to be furnished to the successful contractor (§2-1603). This includes
all bid documents, drawings, specifications, addenda, negotiated changes, and
change orders. Sub-contractors and suppliers requesting additional copies shall
be responsible for all printing and shipping costs. The Design Professional
shall furnish documentation of all printing and delivery cost. Acceptable
documentation for printing cost shall be an invoice on letterhead or business
forms from an outside printing company or service. Invoicing for these services
on the design professional's letterhead only is not acceptable.
(2) Land and topographical surveys.
(3) Geo-technical soils testing services and
material testing (soils compaction, asphalt, concrete, and similar testing
services).
(4) Agency review fees,
(example, Health Department plan reviews.)
(5) Postage and delivery expenses (including
overnight or priority shipping when authorized by the Agency) related to
transmittal of submittal documents, contracts, pay applications, and
correspondence related to the project or contract. Request for reimbursement of
these expenses must be accompanied by a receipt from the provider or a photo
copy of the envelop showing the address of the recipient and value of postage
when using regular mail where a receipt is not otherwise rendered.
(B) Travel Expenses:
(1) Out of state travel expenses, including
airfare, lodging, meals, ground transportation, parking and tolls, for in-state
design professionals when specifically requested by the Agency. Reimbursement
rates shall be subject to the guidelines published by DF&A for out of state
travel by state employees.
(2) In
state travel expenses, including airfare, lodging, meals, ground
transportation, parking and tolls, for out of state design professionals and
out of state specialized consultants when specifically requested by the Agency.
Reimbursement rates shall be subject to the guidelines published by DF&A
for out of state travel by state employees
2-307 UNACCEPTABLE REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES
(A) Professional service contract and/or
invoices for services shall not list any of the following as a "Reimbursable
Expense":
(1) Mileage to and from a project
site at any time.
(2) Any other
connected travel expenses such as meals, lodging, and parking (except for
out-of-state travel when specifically requested by the Agency).
(3) Facsimile communications (fax).
(4) Long distance telephone
expenses.
(5) In-house computer or
CAD time or equipment expense.
(6)
Telegrams.
(7) In-house printing or
reproductions.
(B) This
applies to all design professionals and consultants, including geo-technical
consultants, whether in-state or out-of-state. These expenses are considered
normal overhead costs covered in the contract agreement, and are not
reimbursable expenses.
2-308 PROGRESS PAYMENTS TO THE DESIGN
PROFESSIONAL (RENDERING OF COMPENSATION)
(A)
While contract requirements may vary greatly, a mutually agreed upon Method of
Rendering of Compensation shall be established in the standard professional
services contract, under Section V, "Rendering of Compensation", or in a
separate attachment. Compensation may be paid monthly or in stages of
completion, but compensation or invoices may not be paid or processed until an
Agency has received that portion of work.
(B) In a normal, average construction
project, compensation for services and reimbursable expenses may be paid at the
end of the following stages:
(1) Schematic
Design: Up to 15% of fee (after completion of the Owner/Agency
Review).
(2) Design Development: Up
to 50% of fee (after completion of the Owner/Agency Review, where
applicable).
(3) Construction
Documents: Up to 75% of fee (after completion of ABA Plan Review and
approval).
(4) Bidding,
Negotiations, Award, Contract Administration: Up to 80% of the fee (after
issuance of notice to proceed).
(5)
Construction Administration through the final inspection and final punch list
preparation up to 95% of fee.
(6)
Project Closeout: Up to 100% after processing final pay request and project
closeout items (Maximum 45 days). (Refer to §3-500 through
§3-600)
(C) Any
supplemental contracts (such as AIA Owner/Architect Agreements) listed as an
"Attachment" to the standard professional services contract shall agree as to
language and intent for all compensation, reimbursables, multipliers, and the
like, noted.
2-309
PROJECTS WITH FIXED LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION COST
(A) Where applicable, the Agency and the
Design Professional may jointly agree to a fixed limit of construction cost as
a condition of a standard professional services contract between the Agency and
the Design Professional (or on the project assignment form or letter for
projects executed under multiple project type contracts). If such a fixed limit
has been established, the Design Professional and the Agency will cooperate to
mutually agree with the Section on contingencies for design, bid climate and
price escalation, on building program scope, construction materials, equipment,
component systems, and types of construction to be included in the contract
documents.
(B) The fixed limit of
construction cost shall be included with all plan review submittals to the
Section. The fixed limit of cost shall be stated in bold letters on the cover
sheet of all documents submitted for review. The cost shall be stated in the
following manner, "FIXED LIMIT OF CONSTRUCTION COST = (enter dollar amount)."
This statement shall be removed from the documents prior to publishing for
bids. Budgetary concerns by all parties shall be resolved during program review
and the schematic design phase, before the first plan review submittal to the
Section.
(C) Where this fixed limit
of construction cost is exceeded, the Design Professional shall, without
additional compensation, modify the construction documents as necessary to
comply with the fixed limit, if provided under the terms of the standard
professional services contract.
2-310 PROJECTS EXCEEDING CONSTRUCTION FUNDING
AFTER BIDDING
(A) When it becomes apparent,
after bids have been opened and reviewed, that the project cannot be awarded
because of budget overruns, and that bids exceed the maximum allowed for
negotiations pursuant to Arkansas laws, the Design Professional shall initiate
the following steps:
(1) Meet with the
designated project coordinator of the Agency or campus to review bids, budgets,
program, and Owner's needs, within seven (7) working days.
(2) Review project costs with bidders for
areas of possible savings or cost reduction. Analyze areas of excessive
cost.
(3) Review project with the
Agency's Project Coordinator(s), the Section, and the Construction Section to
resolve project status as quickly as possible.
(4) Modify bid documents as approved and
directed by all parties and resubmit the bid documents to the Section for
review, comments, and approval for re-bidding.
(5) Re-bid project. Coordinate bid date with
the Construction Section.
(6) The
Design Professional may be required to re-design the project for re-bid without
additional compensation. Additional redesigns beyond one (1) re-bid may be
eligible for additional compensation subject to the approval of the
Section.
(B) Other than
reimbursables for printing costs, no additional compensation for re-bidding
will be allowed unless approved in writing by the Section.
2-311 OMISSIONS AND ERRORS IN CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS
(A) Omissions, or errors, or both in
construction documents often arise from unrealistic project schedules, lack of
communication, failure to coordinate, review, or edit construction documents
accordingly, as well as many other shortcomings in the design and construction
process.
(B) The Agency project
coordinator should work closely with the chosen design professional to set
realistic project schedules which allow time for review and coordination by all
parties, particularly during the scheduled ABA plan reviews.
(C) Failure to include necessary construction
detailing, lack of coordination in the architectural, civil, structural,
mechanical, electrical, and other, portions of the drawings and specifications,
may result in costly change orders.
(D) If these change orders are reasonably
attributed in whole or part to errors or omissions on the part of the design
professional or his consultants, the Design Professional shall without
additional compensation (to the degree the change orders are responsibly
required because of the errors and omissions of the Design Professional),
correct or revise all errors or omissions in its designs, drawings,
specifications and other services, and prepare construction change orders to
effect corrective work. Good judgment and fair practice should be exercised by
all parties in making these types of decisions. The Section and the
Construction Section will review all decisions respectively.
(1) An omission of an item (such as a
flagpole inadvertently left out of a set of project bid documents) which would
have otherwise been included in the base bid for the project should not be used
to penalize the Design Professional. However, if remedial work to the
landscaping or concrete paving is needed to allow for installation of the
flagpole at a later, less opportune time in the course of construction, then
the Design Professional may be held responsible for these remedial costs
(assuming the Agency has reasonably documented this requirement during
preparation of bid documents for the project).
(2) In general, when additional costs are
incurred in a construction project, which are directly attributed to negligent
errors or omissions or both on the part of the Design Professional, said Design
Professional may be required to bear some or all of the costs for remedial work
needed to correct these negligent errors or omissions. The Design Professional
should work closely with the Agency and the General Contractor to ensure that
all errors or omissions or both are corrected in a timely manner, before any
remedial costs are incurred, to contain and reduce change order costs. Errors
and omissions should be resolved between the Agency and the Design Professional
whenever possible, and as quickly as possible.
(3) The Administrator of the applicable
section(s), shall have the authority to settle or resolve disputes concerning
errors or omissions in a set of bid documents prepared for any Agency project
utilizing professional judgment and accepted standards of care required of
Design Professionals.
(4) Any
dispute involving negligent omissions, errors, or both not resolved by the
Agency and the Design Professional shall be submitted to the Section. Either
party may then request a conference review with the Section and the other party
to attempt to resolve the issue. Request to the Section shall include but not
be limited to a description of the omission or error, all documentation related
to the item or items in question, copies of all meeting notes, and
correspondence, or instructions referring to the issues in question. The
requesting party shall copy all other parties on the request and documentation.
All other parties shall submit a letter stating their position on the issue and
any additional documentation related to the issue within 10 working days to the
Section and copy all other parties. The Section will review the information
provided and issue a letter of opinion within 15 working days (30 working days
after receipt of the initial request) or request additional information from
the parties.
(5) Change Orders
required as a result of an error, omission, or both may not be eligible for
Design Professional fee compensation. For omissions, the Design Professional
may be assessed a percentage of the cost of the change order, subject to the
Section approval as determined in § 2-312, to cover the additional cost of
the work due to failure to include the work in the original bid package. For an
error, the Design Professional may be assessed the full cost of the change
order, not as punishment, but in fulfillment of the principal of betterment,
that the owner should not be required to pay twice for the same element of
construction.
2-312 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL'S LIABILITY
INSURANCE
(A) The Design Professional shall
carry professional liability insurance covering negligent acts, errors and
omissions. Include a copy of the current certificate of insurance as an
attachment to the standard professional services contract. The minimum policy
value shall be $500,000 except that the value shall be increased to a minimum
of $1,000,000 for projects where the estimated construction cost is between
$5,000,000 and $20,000,000. For projects exceeding $20,000,000 in estimated
construction cost, the policy value shall be a minimum of 5% of the estimated
construction cost. The Design Professional may utilize a Project Specific
Professional Liability Policy for projects exceeding $5,000,000 in estimated
construction cost. The Design Professional shall be required to disclose the
size and nature of all pending claims against his liability insurance during
the negotiation phase. The Design Professional shall maintain this insurance in
force after the completion of the services under the contract for a period of
one (1) year after substantial completion of the construction.
(B) Neither the Section's nor the Agency's
review, approval, acceptance of, nor payment for, any of the services required
shall be construed to operate as a waiver by the Owner of any rights or any
cause of action arising out of the Contract. The Design Professional shall
remain liable to the State for reasonable project costs, which are incurred by
the State as a result of negligent acts, errors, or omissions, or both on the
part of the Design Professional. This liability shall extend to the Prime
Design Professional's subcontractors and consultants in the performance of any
of the services furnished.
(C) The
Design Professional may be held responsible for reasonable project costs
resulting from its professionally negligent acts, errors, omissions, or other
breaches of the applicable standards of care established by Arkansas laws or
regulations. Liability may include, but not be limited to, the Design
Professional's own cost of for labor and other in-house cost, any resulting
Contractor Change Order cost including demolition, cutting patching, repairs,
or modification of work that is already in place. The Design Professional may
also be held responsible for any Contractor or Owner delays or damages, and any
judgment, fines, or penalties, against the Agency resulting from the Design
Professional's professionally negligent acts, errors, omissions, and other
breaches of the applicable standards of care.
(D) However, the Design Professional may not
be held responsible for the cost of the correct equipment or system which
should have been originally specified, except that the Design Professional
shall be responsible for any increased cost, whether the result of inflation,
reordering, restocking or otherwise of incorporating the corrected work into
the Contractor's Change Order
(E)
Upon determination that there may be Design Professional financial
responsibility involved, the Design Professional shall be contacted by the
Agency. The Design Professional shall be advised of the design deficiency,
informed that it is the Agency's opinion that the Design Professional may be
financially responsible, and requested to provide a technical solution to the
problem, including a cost estimate. The Design Professional shall be given the
opportunity to take the measures necessary to minimize the consequences of such
defects within a timely manner without jeopardizing the integrity of the
project. The Agency Project Coordinator shall promptly inform the Section of
the issue and shall keep the Section informed until the issue is
resolved.
(F) If the Design
Professional refuses to cooperate in the negotiations, the Agency shall have
the right to proceed with the remedial construction and/or change order
negotiations without the Design Professional. Disputes shall be resolved as set
forth in the Standard Professional Services Contract.
(G) Alternatively, the Design Professional
may discharge its financial responsibility through negotiations with, and
direct payment to, the Contractor. This action must be participated in and
approved by the Owner. Evidence of the Agency's participation and approval of
these negotiations and a description of the corrective action and cost incurred
by each party shall be reported in writing to the Section for record.
2-313 OTHER INSURANCE REQUIRED OF
THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL
(A) Prior to the start
of any work under the Professional Services Agreement, the Design Professional
shall provide to the Agency Certificates of Insurance forms approved by the
State and shall maintain such insurance until completion of all work under the
agreement.
(B) The minimum limits
of liability shall be as follows:
(1)
Workers'Compensation: Standard Arkansas Workers' Compensation Policy with
statutory requirements and benefits.
(2) Employers Liability:
|
$100,000 minimum.
|
(3) Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability:
|
$1,000,000 minimum
|
Combined Single limit coverage. The State shall be named as an
additional insured with respect to the services being provided. The coverage
shall include but not be limited to premises/operations liability. Products and
completed operations coverage, independent contractors liability, owners and
contractor's protective liability, personal injury liability.
(4) Automobile Liability:
|
Arkansas Statutory Limits
|
2-314 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES CONTRACT
(A) Selection of architect, landscape
architects, interior designers, engineers, land surveyors, and other related
building consultants shall be coordinated and verified by the Section. When the
Agency has completed the selection process the agency shall prepare a standard
professional services contract. All basic compensation items, compensation for
additional services, and reimbursable expense items, shall be carefully
reviewed by both the Agency and design professional before signing the standard
professional services contract. The signature page of this form shall be the
only signature page in the agreement. Delete or strikeout the signature pages
from all attachments to avoid confusion. Upon request, the Section is available
for contract draft reviews between the Agency and the design
professional.
(B) For Compensation
and Reimbursable expenses, see §2-200 et seq. and §2-300 et seq.
Additional services of the Design Professional may be based on a percentage of
construction cost, lump sum or hourly fee with a not to exceed amount stated on
the contract.
(C) All standard
professional service contracts and amendments shall be submitted to the DFA/OSP
website. DFA/OSP will forward the contracts and amendments to the Section for
review. Contracts or amendments expected to receive Legislative review must
have attached appropriate information regarding the contract or amendment.
Contracts shall also contain disclosure forms and documents pursuant to EO
98-04. Appropriate information includes but is not limited to: Agency name;
project description; construction and Design Professional funds; # of standard
professional services contracts; identify Design Professional and the
objectives and scope; Design Professional fees; estimated construction cost;
contract control number; amendment compensation with explanation; Design
Professional reimbursables with breakdown; contract extension date; name of the
contractor; contract amount and change orders. Contracts shall be completed in
its entirety prior to submission for review. Particular attention will be given
to areas concerning "Calculations for Compensation" and "Description of
Services to be provided.
(D)
Failure to meet the DFA/OSP submittal schedule for review and approval can
cause a delay of 30 days or more for legislative review. All standard
professional services contracts $25,000.00 or more require Legislative review.
The standard professional services contract form takes precedent over any and
all attachments regarding time, funds, and compensation.
2-315 ATTACHMENTS TO THE PROFESSIONAL
SERVICES CONTRACT
(A) Agency and Design
Professionals may wish to add attachments to the standard professional services
contracts. These attachments may be used to clarify the extent of the
professional services, either basic or additional, for the Agency and the
Design Professional. When Agencies and Design Professionals wish to add
attachments to the standard professional service contract, the following shall
be done:
(1) Attachments shall be referenced
Attachment "A", "B", "C", or "1", "2", "3" and the like, and referenced on the
contract under "Objectives and Scope".
(2) Attachments shall be neatly typed
additions or the Agency and Design Professional may choose to use the standard
American Institute of Architects "Abbreviated Standard Form of Agreement
Between the Owner and the Architect", the Engineers Joint Council on
Construction Documents "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Engineer",
or other documents approved by the Section. (ABA neither endorses nor rejects
the use of these documents.) If these documents are used, they shall be
carefully edited to fully agree with the standard professional services
contract, Arkansas laws and regulations including the MSC regarding allowable
fees, compensation, multipliers, acceptable reimbursable expenses, and the
like, and the services to be provided under the contract. Hourly rates and
attachments shall remain in place for the duration of the contract, subject to
annual or biennial review and negotiations. The language contained within the
standard professional services contract shall take precedence over all
attachments except the ABA "Basic Services Defined" attachment.
(B) In addition, the ABA "Basic
Services Defined" (refer to § 2-201) shall be attached to, or added under
the AIA contract, Article 12, "Other Conditions or Services." All contracts
shall adhere to the ABA "Basic Services Defined" as a condition of the
contract.
2-316
AMENDMENTS TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES CONTRACT
(A) Any modification to an existing standard
professional services contract requires the submission of an "Amendment" for
approval by all parties, as per the original contract, including, but not
limited to, changes in the project cost and scope of the project, fee or hourly
rate adjustment, reimbursable expenses or additional services adjustments,
contract extension, funding change (character code), and additional
sub-consultants.
(B) The base fee
in a standard professional services contract will normally remain constant for
the duration of a project. However, if the funding or scope of the project
changes significantly enough to reduce or increase the base fee allowed by the
ABA Standard Fee schedule (see § 2-211), then the standard professional
services contract shall be amended by both parties to reflect the new base fee
agreement, and submitted for approval.
2-400 PROCEDURES FOR PROJECT DEVELOPMENT AND
CONSTRUCTION
[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
2-401 INITIATION OF PROJECT
(A) Many projects begin with a needs analysis
and planning for the acquisition of property or space to be developed or
renovated. For major project, this process begins months or years before a
budget and appropriation request can be prepared. In conjunction with the
Department of Finance and Administration, the Section reviews the capital
project appropriation requests submitted for funding each biennium. Often,
these request are insufficient to cover the total cost of construction desired
once funded and approved for bidding. The Section is available to assist
Agencies in this long term planning phase to help ensure that adequate space or
funding is requested.
(B) As a part
of the needs assessment and budgeting process, agencies often conduct or have
performed certain studies or exercises such as feasibility studies, building
space or systems programming studies, financing and contingency budgeting.
While some agencies may have adequately experienced staff to perform these
initiatives, others may not. The Section is available to assist with these
activities or to assist the Agency with the selection of outside consultants
specializing in these types of services.
(C) An Agency may initiate a pre-design study
before developing a capital project budget request or after the project has
been funded. The intent of the pre-design study is to reduce the amount of
uncertainty related to the scope of the project, identify major project/funding
milestones, selection of the proper delivery method for construction, establish
project costs, and project timelines. While it is best to conduct such studies
before a budget request is finalized, there may be significant advantage to
applying such studies to projects which have already been funded to ensure that
the project remains in the existing budget, meets the minimum program needs and
is executed in a timely manner. Pre-design studies may include but are not
limited to activities such as project analysis, program analysis, site
analysis, preliminary cost projections or existing budget analysis, operations
and maintenance impact analysis, staffing analysis and development of
preliminary scope of work for the design process. Agencies may utilize their
own staff in the production of this study or may use outside consultants for
all or part of the study. The Section is available to assist with these
activities or to assist the Agency with the selection of outside consultants
specializing in these types of studies. It is not necessary to use the same
design professional who prepares a pre-design study to perform the design phase
of the project. These activities can be mutually exclusive of each other. By
the same measure, preparation of a pre-design study or other pre-design service
does not exclude a design professional from seeking a contract for the design
phase of the project.
(D) During
the initial phase of the project design, Agencies shall review whether
revisions to the Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR) should be made.
Determinations of whether to add new asset equipment or remove old asset
equipment from the report shall be made. In addition the project plans and
specifications shall designate how assets will be disposed of and who shall
bear the responsibility of the disposition.
2-402 FEASIBILITY STUDY REQUIREMENTS
(A) A feasibility study may be required to
determine the initial building program needs, property requirements, probable
construction cost and site improvement costs. The study may include but not be
limited to other non-construction cost such as financing cost, design service
fees, equipment cost, furnishing cost, and contingency cost in order to
determine if a project is economically feasible and if adequate source of
funding is available.
(B) The
feasibility study should determine site selection needs, such as property size,
zoning, utilities, acquisition costs, floodplain management, drainage costs,
environmental review, pedestrian and vehicular access, parking needs, and
storage needs as applicable. Building size and area requirements for all
functions including the electrical, lighting, heating, cooling, and building
system requirements should be addressed. Estimated construction, operation, and
utility costs based on square footage and specific development costs, should be
computed. Operational and staffing cost for security, maintenance, janitorial
and building operators should be included on a cost per square foot basis as a
part of the study. The study should include a brief discussion of the
requirements and possible solutions for each area along with a line item cost
estimate for each area. Consideration should be given to future expansion
capabilities in all cases. The feasibility study should be used as a basis to
help establish funding and to guide the Agency's Project Coordinator in
selection of, and directing the work of, the appropriate Design
Professional.
(C) Design
Professionals shall be selected in accordance with the MSC (refer to §
2-100 et seq.). The Agency shall obtain approval from the Section prior to
initiating a feasibility study with outside consultants or design
professionals.
2-403
PROGRAMMING
(A) Unless otherwise negotiated,
basic programming costs for a project are not covered under basic services
provided in a standard professional services contract. The Agency shall provide
the Design Professional with a minimum program of all project requirements,
including site and building requirements, a program of required spaces, their
approximate size or square footage, and all needed functions required for the
building or project site, including all basic electrical, lighting, heating,
cooling, and building system requirements. This information should be provided
prior to negotiating a contract with the Design Professional. Copies of this
information shall be included in the plan review submittal to the Section for
informational purposes.
(B) If the
Agency cannot provide a minimum program as described above, the Agency may
include under "Additional Services" to standard professional services contract,
a "not to exceed" cost for programming. This should be invoiced per the number
of actual hours spent in preparation of the program, up to the "not to exceed"
cost stated in the contract. The Agency should only incur this expense with the
approval of the Section.
(C) When
programming is provided by the Agency, review and needed corrections and
compilations to the overall building program for site analysis, the addition of
circulation space, mechanical equipment space, ancillary and storage space, and
the like, as well as review and coordination of all electrical, lighting,
heating, cooling, and building system requirements, shall be considered part of
the Schematic and Design Development Phase furnished under basic services,
unless otherwise approved by the Section. A copy of the program approved by the
Agency Project Coordinator shall be included in the Plan Review submittal to
the Section.
2-404
FINANCING AND CONTINGENCY BUDGETING
"Authorization to Proceed" with the project will be given to the
Agency concerned, providing appropriate funding is available for the project.
It is recommended that all cost estimates for construction, all projected
building costs, and all methods of finance include a contingency fund.
Contingency funds should be used to offset inflation, unforeseen expenses,
and/or cost overruns on construction projects. Items that could or may be
covered by a contingency fund are unexpected utility work or relocation,
damaged roof decking replacement, rock excavation, and the like. Contingency
funding normally should not exceed 10% and should depend on the cost and
complexity of the project, with a proportionately smaller amount as project
budgets increase. While 5 to 10 percent may be necessary on low cost projects,
this percent may be excessive on higher cost projects (1-1/2 to 2-1/2 percent
may be sufficient). Overall building budgets should be reviewed with the
Section, and the Design Professional chosen to perform the work. Contingency
funds are not set up to cover the cost of errors in design and construction by
the Design Professional, or for lack of coordination on their part, which
requires remedial work during completion of construction. Refer to § 2-311
for Errors and Omissions.
2-405 PROJECT COORDINATOR
(A) The Agency shall assign a Project
Coordinator. Name and position of Project Coordinator shall be submitted to
ABA, on a form approved by ABA, for record with the First Review submittal.
Project Coordinator shall not be changed without written notice to the
Section.
(B) The responsibilities
of the Project Coordinator shall cover the following:
(1) Allow the Agency to work closely with the
Design Professional.
(2) Cooperate
with the Section in all design and budget decisions, including compiling and
approval of the Agency's program for the project and approval of
the estimated construction cost at each plan review submittal.
(3) Help make decisions regarding
programming and operational restraints to best benefit the Agency and to bring
the scope of the project within the estimated construction cost as submitted by
the Design Professional and approved by the Agency.
(4) Be aware of the project status at all
times. Attend all meetings and keep records accordingly.
(5) Keep the Agency Director advised as to
the project progress at all times.
(6) Maintain adequate records of the project
for future use, including plans, specifications and record drawings.
(7) Serve as the Agency primary contact
regarding all matters concerning the Capital Improvement Project.
(8) Pre-review all submittals from the Design
Professional prior to forwarding to the Section for review. The Project
Coordinator shall ensure that all submittals meet the project requirements as
defined for the Design Professional and as required for an ABA submittal (refer
to § 2-1500 et. seq.).
(9) The
Project Coordinator shall forward all submittal data to the Section along with
any comments or supplemental instructions issued to the Design Professional. If
the Agency has no comments to forward, the transmittal letter should so note
and should include a statement to the effect that the submittal generally meets
the scope of the project as defined to the Design Professional and that the
estimated construction cost is within the established budget for this project.
Ensure that all submittals are forwarded to ABA in the order that meets the
Agency's priority needs. This will prevent ABA from reviewing a low priority
project that has been submitted directly by the Design Professional.
(10) The Project Coordinator shall receive
and review all comments regarding the submittal review by the Section and shall
be responsible for distribution of these comments to all appropriate parties.
The Project Coordinator shall ensure that the Design Professional responds to
all comments in writing and notify the Design Professional and the Section in
writing if he disagrees with a comment or a response. Responses shall be
included with the next submittal package. It is acceptable and encouraged to
include the direct responses from the Design Professional to the ABA comments.
It is the Project Coordinator's responsibility to ensure that each comment is
addressed and to his Agency's satisfaction before submitting responses to the
Section.
2-406 BUILDING CODES ADOPTED
(A) The adopted building code for State
projects is the Arkansas Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the Arkansas State
Police, State Fire Marshall's Office. Arkansas laws and ABA Minimum Standards
and Criteria shall have precedence over the Arkansas Fire Prevention Code where
they exceed the requirements of that code. All project designs shall comply
with all Arkansas laws and the Arkansas Fire Prevention Code.
(B) Other codes, rules or standards may be
applicable to a specific project. It is the Agency's and Design Professional's
responsibility to determine all applicable codes for each specific project. A
partial listing of the more common codes applicable to state agency projects
can be found on the ABA website at "
www.arkansasbuildingauthority.com".
(C) The Section shall reference these codes,
State Law, and the ABA Minimum Standards and Criteria in its review of
documents presented for review.
2-407 REGULATORY AGENCIES' REVIEW
(A) In addition to reviews completed by the
Section, design professionals are encouraged to work closely with municipal
building officials and/or fire chiefs throughout the planning stages of State
funded capital improvements. It is recommended that such municipal authorities
be given the opportunity to review such plans to coordinate zoning, parking,
and street utility and fire department requirements (specific fire protection,
building access, fire lane, and the like requirements). Special requirements
may be needed according to available equipment and fire-fighting/emergency
procedures. Coordination with and review by the local fire official is a
mandatory requirement.
(B) The
Design Professional shall be responsible for coordinating a project directly
with these regulatory agencies, independently from the Section, allowing
adequate time for plan reviews and approval before submitting final plans to
the Section for review. The Project Coordinator shall submit copies of all
regulatory review Agency comments, waivers, variances and instructions
regarding the project, including local fire official reviews, with the ABA plan
review submittal.
(C) The following
is a partial list of the regulatory agencies mentioned above which have adopted
design and/or construction standards and may require pre-construction plan
review and approval. Design professionals should request copies of all acts,
laws, and adopted standards from these individual agencies. This listing is not
exclusive of any other Agency, which may under special circumstances exercise
design authority.
(1) Department of Health:
(a) Division of Plumbing and Natural Gas
(plumbing systems, domestic water, septic design, swimming pools, and the
like);
(b) Division of Radiation
Control & Emergency Management (X-ray, nuclear medicine, installation or
safety evaluations);
(c) Division
of Sanitarian Services (kitchens, restaurants, and the like);
(d) Division of Engineering (waste water
systems, water systems and districts, cemeteries, swimming pools, and the
like);
(e) Division of Health
Facility Services (hospitals, health units, and the like).
(2) State Police: State Fire Marshall (fire
code review, life safety, and the like);
(3) Department of Labor (elevator safety,
including inclined stairway chairlifts and vertical wheelchair lifts, boiler
inspection, industrial hygiene, OSHA reviews);
(4) Department of Environmental Quality:
(Resources Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 when Federal funding exceeds
$10,000; Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan for disturbed sites in excess of
1 acre, asbestos issues and other required environmental reviews);
(5) Division of Services for the Blind of the
Department of Human Services (vending facilities in state owned or leased
properties);
(6) Highway and
Transportation Department (highway access, right-of-way design). Contact local
district headquarters' engineer;
(7) Office of Long Term Care within the
Division of Medical Services of the Department of Human Services, (long term
care facilities/nursing homes);
(8)
Arkansas LP Gas Board (review/inspect rural installation of LP storage tanks
and gas meters);
(9) Arkansas
Industrial Development Commission, Energy Division, (Arkansas Energy Efficient
Standards for New Building Construction);
2-408 UNACCEPTABLE DESIGN CONFIGURATIONS
(A) Certain configurations have proven too
expensive or result in excessive maintenance activity or utility
costs.
(B) These following
configurations shall not be accepted for use in State owned building designs
unless they are submitted for approval in writing to Section, prior to the
schematic design review submittal to the Agency. A copy of the approval letter
from the Section shall be included with the plan review submittal to the Agency
and with the final submittal to the Section.
(1) Pedestrian or vehicular circulation
(other than for maintenance) on roofs of habitable spaces or support spaces
such as pedestal pavers, on a plaza, over occupied spaces, shall not be
accepted.
(2) Sloped glazing
(except for Greenhouses), such as ridge or sloped skylights, which increases
heating and cooling capacity requirements.
(3) Rooftop mounted, heating or cooling units
and associated piping and/or ductwork, which increases foot traffic, roof
penetrations, maintenance requirements, and re-roofing costs.
(4) Seismic Design Upgrades for Existing
Buildings in Seismic Design Categories D and E: Upgrades of existing structures
involved in additions, alterations, or retrofitting in Seismic Design
Categories D and E shall be submitted for approval prior to beginning Schematic
Design. Design changes required by failure to follow this procedure shall be
the responsibility of the Design Professional.
(5) Buildings located in the Floodplain: All
additional design requirements associated with building in a Floodplain shall
be submitted to the Section prior to beginning Schematic Design. The additional
cost of design changes required by failure to follow this procedure shall be
borne of the Design Professional.
(6) Air-conditioning systems which do not
meet the requirements of the Arkansas Mechanical Code or the Energy Code for
ventilation air. This includes systems which, when set to meet this standard,
will be operating outside of their intended design parameters and will result
in a reduced life expectancy for the equipment.
2-409 PHASED PROJECTS
(A) Where a project size or complexity
requires funding in stages and takes many years to complete, the Agency and
Design Professional shall take the following steps in ensure project completion
in a timely and prudent manner:
(1) Be aware
that future funding is subject to termination.
(2) Work to the budget established in the
funding for each phase or portion of the project.
(3) Establish a building program for the
established budget for each phase only.
(4) Base all work in the schematic design and
design development and construction bid documents, for the funded portion of
the project only. Do not obligate the Agency for design services beyond the
project funding limits. Any authorization for Design Professional services
beyond available funding must be approved in writing by both the Section and
Agency officials.
(5) Do not bid or
obligate funding for partial construction, such as slab work only, for a
project, which will be unused, and of no value until future funding is
established for completion.
(6)
Coordinate project requirements as to master planning, funding, and program
review in the Schematic Design Review Plan Review submittal to the
Agency.
(B) Agencies are
required to disclose the estimated cost, scope and timeline including all
phases in accordance with Ark. Code Ann.§
19-4-1402.
When it is determined that at project will be constructed in multiple phases,
the Agency shall submit a statement to ABA describing the estimated scope of
the capital improvement project, a description of the estimated timeline for
implementing each phase of the project, and a breakdown of the estimated cost
of the total project showing each phase's cost. The statement shall bear the
signature of the Agency Project Coordinator or other authorized Agency
Official. This statement shall accompany the first submittal to the Section and
shall be updated if the estimated scope, timeline or costs change prior to the
approval to proceed with the first phase of the work. The statement shall be
updated and re-submitted with each subsequent phase submitted for the Section
review.
2-410 PROJECT
SCHEDULE
(A) Prior to commencing the design
work, the Project Coordinator shall submit to the Section a projected "Project
Schedule" developed in conjunction with the Design Professional, which shall
include the following anticipated dates:
(1)
Date of schematic design plan review submittal to the Agency.
(2) Date of design development plan review
submittal to the Agency.
(3) Date
of construction document plan review submittal to the Agency.
(4) Date of 100% complete plan review
submittal to the ABA Section.
(5)
Dates for bidding and construction start and estimated completion
date.
(B) Upon submittal
of this schedule, the Section will assign a project number to the project. This
number should be referenced on all correspondence and shown in a prominent
location on the cover sheet of plans and specifications submitted for review.
If the Agency desires to have this project number assigned at an earlier time
for its internal tracking purposes, the Agency should submit a written request
to the Section indicating the official title the project will be listed under,
the name of the design professional (if known at that time), the estimated
budget for the project, and a brief description of the project. For ABA
tracking purposes, the name of the project shall remain the same through the
completion of the construction phase of the project.
(C) When it becomes apparent that the
schedule must be altered, the Project Coordinator shall submit a revised
schedule to the Section immediately.
2-500 BUILDING COMMISSIONING
Commissioning is a systematic process of designed to ensure that
building systems perform interactively according to the design intent and the
Owner's operational needs. This is best achieved beginning in the design phase
by documenting the design intent and continuing through construction,
acceptance, and the warranty period with actual verification of performance,
operation and maintenance (O&M) documentation verification and training of
operating personnel. When properly performed, commissioning can often reduce
the overall cost of a project, reduce the time required to complete a project,
increase the quality of a project and increase the probability of a successful
startup of a project. These cost reductions and quality improvements often
exceed the cost associated with the commissioning process.
2-501 NEED FOR COMMISSIONING
(A) Today's buildings and our expectations in
their performance are becoming increasing sophisticated. Like any sophisticated
machine, a building should be set-up and balanced to operate properly and may
require a periodic tune-up to remain operating at peak efficiency. Agencies are
encouraged to consider the concept of total building commissioning on new
construction projects and major renovations. Commissioning when applied from
the beginning of the design process and continuing through the warranty period
can result in projects that cost less to construct, startup with fewer
problems, and have proper documentation for operations and maintenance. In many
cases, the cost of the commissioning process is offset by a reduction in
construction cost, change orders and startup problems.
(B) With utility cost and maintenance cost
escalating at rates above the average rates of growth in the State's economy,
reductions in operations and maintenance cost are an essential part of an
agency's obligations to being a good steward of public funds. Commissioning can
be a vital part of the process of controlling these costs within an acceptable
limit. In many instances including existing buildings, the cost of the
commissioning process can often be returned in 2 years or less with the
reduction in energy cost alone.
(C)
When agencies elect to pursue green building design certifications such as
Leadership in Energy Efficient Design (LEED), Green Globes or similar
certifications, these processes usually have a prerequisite requirement to
perform fundamental commission and offer addition points toward certification
for additional or total commissioning. These programs often require the
commissioning for points to be conducted by an independent third-party
firm.
2-502 TYPES OF
COMMISSIONING
(A) Commissioning is a
systematic process of ensuring that building systems perform interactively
according to the design intent and the Agency's operational needs. This is
achieved beginning prior to the design phase by documenting the Owner's program
requirements. The process is continued through the design phase by documenting
the design intent and through construction, acceptance and the warranty period
with actual verification of performance, operation and maintenance
documentation verification and the training of operating personnel.
(B) Re-commissioning is the process of
re-verifying the performance of building systems that have been commissioned
previously to ensure the systems continue to operate according to the design
intent or current operating needs. Re-commissioning may be initiated
periodically or in response to a building renovation or a change in building
usage.
(C) Retro-commissioning is
the process of commissioning existing building systems that were not
commissioned when originally constructed. It is a process to ensure building
systems perform interactively according to the design intent and/or to meet the
Agency's current operational needs. This is achieved by documenting the design
intent where possible and the current operational needs, measuring the existing
performance, implementing necessary operational and system modifications
followed by actual verification of performance, operation and maintenance
documentation verification and the training of operating personnel.
(D) Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB)
is a form of commissioning that can apply to mechanical and electrical systems
in a building. TAB is routinely specified in the construction project as a
portion of the mechanical work in the technical specifications sections. Many
specifications require the TAB specialist to be the supplier of the air devices
or the controls vendor. The intent behind this type of specification is to
require someone with a working knowledge of the air devices or the controls to
be the TAB technician. In this approach, the TAB technician is a sub-contractor
that is not directly responsible to the Agency.
2-503 COMMISSIONING AGENT
(A) The relationship of the commissioning
agent or the TAB technician to the Agency is critical to the success of the
project. The commissioning agent should be under direct contract to the Agency
and should act as the Agency's representative during the design and
construction phases of the project. This direct relationship allows the
commissioning agent to freely express ideas concerning design changes that will
enhance the project goals and in reporting the correct status of the project
construction and operation of the system components. During the training and
documentation phase, this direct relationship allows the commissioning agent to
objectively evaluate the training and documentation to ensure that adequate
time and preparation is provided to meet the Agency's expectations. While many
small projects may be adequately handled by the concept of a TAB technician as
a sub-contractor even these types of projects may be better served by the
inclusion of an independent commission agent.
(B) Commissioning agents are typically
professional engineers who have developed the specialty expertise necessary to
advise and evaluate construction for defects and omissions and to provide or
oversee the startup and the testing and balancing of systems and components.
Commissioning agents also understand the documentation necessary to properly
own and operate a building and understand the technical and operational
parameters of a building well enough to oversee the training of the Agency's
operating personnel. While professional registration is not always a
requirement or necessity; it is a desirable qualification when considering the
total building commissioning concept. It is desirable to find a firm or team
that contains professional representation in all of the critical building
trades. Commissioning agents and TAB consultants shall be considered as
specialized engineering consultants and as such shall be selected and
contracted in the same manner as engineering consultants. (Refer to
§2-100). The Commissioning Agent or TAB consultant should be selected
before or at the same time as the building design team. The Commissioning
Agent's contract and the Design Professional's contract should clearly define
the role the agent will have as the Agency's representative.
(C) The building Design Professional's
contract should clearly acknowledge the role of the Commissioning Agent. The
Agency is responsible for coordinating the two contracts. To make one contract
subordinate to the other would make the process less effective.
2-504 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
Commissioning plans and specifications that are developed as a
part of a commissioning project must be submitted to the Section for review and
approval prior to issuing to the construction contractor. Input from the
commissioning agent during the design phase should be carefully documented to
evaluate the validity of recommended design changes. These changes should be
included in the plan review submittals under the heading "Commissioning Agent's
Recommendations". The activities of a Commissioning Agent may affect the
progress or schedule of the building construction project particularly where
defects or omissions are discovered. The construction bid documents should
acknowledge the presence of an independent commissioning agent on the project
and should clearly define the role of the agent and the responsibilities of the
contractor to the agent as an authorized representative of the Agency.
2-600 ASBESTOS SURVEYS AND
MANAGEMENT PLANS
It shall be the policy of ABA that State owned buildings be
surveyed for asbestos containing materials (ACM) before demolition or
construction work begins or where otherwise required by State and Federal laws
and regulations. Even if no demolition or construction work is planned; ABA
encourages operators of state owned buildings to obtain a survey for asbestos.
The survey report should be used to make building maintenance/service personnel
or interested building occupants aware of the location and condition of the
ACM. A management plan for each surveyed building should be developed in
accordance with federal guidelines and industry practices.
2-601 ASBESTOS PROJECTS GENERAL
The Arkansas Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) regulates
activities related to Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM). Refer to ADEQ
Regulation 21 for the State's policy and procedures related to ACM. Inspection
and design of abatement materials or projects shall be performed only by
persons properly licensed by ADEQ when the activity or quantity of materials
equal or exceed the limits regulated by the Department. Certain activities
involving quantities below the ADEQ threshold may regulated under OSHA
regulations for worker protection. These activities must be performed by
personnel properly trained and certified for this activity pursuant to Ark.
Code Ann. §
20-27-1001 et
seq. It may be in the agency's best interest to have such activities performed
by a licensed abatement contractor prior to the general construction
activities
2-602 ASBESTOS
PROJECTS SUBJECT TO ABA REVIEW AND APPROVAL
(A) When an Agency contemplates an asbestos
abatement project wherein a separate abatement contractor and the estimated
cost of the abatement contract exceeds the limits shown in § 3-101, this
type of project shall be considered a capital improvement project and shall
fall under the jurisdiction of ABA.
(B) For stand alone type projects, plans and
specifications (for the abatement project and the replacement materials) shall
be submitted to the Section for review and approval. These projects shall be
subject to the bidding requirements under Section 4.
(C) For projects wherein the asbestos
abatement is included as a part of the general construction bid package, the
plans and specifications must be submitted to ABA for review as a part of the
general construction review documents and those services listed in above in (B)
are applicable. The asbestos consultant should be under contract to the prime
Design Professional as a sub-consultant.
2-603 ASBESTOS CONSULTANTS
Unless adequately trained, experienced, and licensed personnel
are employed by an Agency, ABA recommends that private sector licensed asbestos
consultants be utilized to survey, investigate, prepare abatement documents,
and monitor abatement activities. Asbestos consultants shall be considered as
design consultants and as such may be hired in accordance with §2-101 and
State law governing procurement of consulting contracts. Asbestos consultants
shall be licensed and bonded pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
20-27-1001 et
seq. which mandates the Arkansas Department of Environmental Quality with the
authority to license asbestos abatement consultants and asbestos abatement
contractors as well as for certifying air monitors, contractor-supervisors,
inspectors, management planners, project designers, and workers involved with
demolitions, renovations, and asbestos-response actions.
2-604 PLAN REVIEW SUBMITTALS
For projects subject to ABA approval, before a bid date is
provided, these documents shall be reviewed and approved by the Section. A
designer who is properly licensed by ADEQ shall prepare the bid documents for
asbestos abatement projects. The designer's license number must appear on the
cover sheet for projects submitted for review.
2-605 PROJECT SUPERVISION AND MONITORING
Abatement contractor activities should be adequately supervised
and monitored by the asbestos consultant. The frequency of inspections and type
of air monitoring shall be as established by State and Federal laws and
regulations. On abatement projects occurring in occupied buildings, supervision
and monitoring of the abatement work should be more intense, as dictated by the
particular project circumstances.
2-700 FLOODPLAIN MANAGEMENT PROGRAM STANDARDS
It shall be the policy of ABA and its Council to assure that all
state properties coming under ABA jurisdiction shall comply with the Floodplain
Management Program.
2-701
AUTHORIZATION
(A) The Section shall review all
capital improvement projects to determine whether the proposed development will
be reasonably safe from flooding. If the proposed site is within a flood prone
area, a development permit shall be submitted and approved prior to releasing
the project for bidding or construction.
(B) All requests to the Section for variance
from these guidelines shall be submitted through the Arkansas Natural Resources
Commission to the Federal Insurance Administrator. ABA shall provide all
available technical assistance concerning the flood management program to all
requesting state agencies. ABA shall cooperate with the Arkansas Natural
Resources Commission, the Federal Insurance Administrator and with all agencies
in implementing an effective flood management program. Flood hazard boundary
maps may be examined at ABA or the Arkansas Natural Resources Commission or in
some cases, in the local Soil Conservation Service Office. Maps are also
available at the FEMA website,
www.FEMA.gov.
2-702 DEVELOPMENT SUBJECT TO PERMITTING
REQUIREMENTS
(A) Developments subject to the
ABA floodplain management program include but are not limited to; improvements
to or new construction of buildings, structures, mining, dredging, excavating,
drilling operations, filling, grading, paving, landscaping, or storage of
equipment of materials.
(B) New
project sites should be carefully selected to avoid development in a known
floodplain, flood hazard area or wetland. Prior to selecting a site the Agency
should review all available data and consult with the Section to minimize the
impact of developing in a floodplain on the project.
(C) Renovation or alteration project sites
should be reviewed to determine if the site is in a known floodplain. While
interior renovations and roofing projects may not necessarily require a
floodplain development permit, the expenditure of funds on projects located
within a floodplain may not be a wise use of public funds. Additionally, if the
project site is located in the floodplain, the Agency should discuss this
finding with its insurance risk management representative to ensure that the
existing facilities are adequately covered for flood damage or loss.
2-703 PROCEDURES
(A) Any Agency considering the development of
any construction project or wishing to enter any existing structures in
participation in the National Flood Insurance Program, shall adhere to the
following procedures:
(1) Submit the exact
location and a brief description of the project to the Section.
(2) The Section will locate the project on
the applicable flood hazard boundary map and advise the submitting Agency as to
whether:
(a) The project is not in a flood
management area and they may proceed without further consideration of the ABA
flood management program.
(b) The
project is in a flood management area, but is a conforming use and they must
comply with ABA flood management program guidelines.
(c) The project is in a flood management area
and is a non-conforming use. In this case, the submitting Agency may relocate
the project so that it does conform, or may apply for a variance using the
procedures outlined in these standards.
(B) The Section shall review proposed
development to assure that all necessary permits have been received from those
governmental agencies from which approved is required by Federal or State law,
including Section
404 of the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972.
(C) Failure to comply with the provisions of
the ABA floodplain management program may result in the loss of Federal or
State disaster assistance for the recovery and reconstruction of flood damaged
facilities. Furthermore, under circumstances of repeated loss, the Agency and
the State may be denied Federal funds for other programs or
activities.
(D) Agencies are
encouraged to prepare, or have prepared, scaled maps of their campus or site
showing all man made features and the boundary of any floodplain on the
property. Where base flood information is available, the elevations of the base
flood and existing structures should be noted. This information is critical in
the planning of future developments at the site. If the Agency has such
information prepared, a copy shall be provided to the Section for
record.
2-704 PERMITS
(A) When an Agency proposes to develop
property within the boundaries of the 100-year floodplain or an ABA designated
flood hazard area, the Agency shall submit an application for a development
permit on a form approved by the Section. The form shall include but not be
limited to the following information:
(1)
Application number (Agency Project Number issued by the Section)
(2) Date of application
(3) Name of the Agency/Owner of the
property
(4) Address of the
development site (or legal description if an un-developed site)
(5) Type of development
(6) Brief description of the
development
(7) Base flood
elevation at the site
(8) Elevation
of the lowest floor of the proposed structure
(9) Acknowledgement of attachments to the
permit application
(10) Typed name
and phone number or the applicant and signature and date.
(B) The Agency should attach all information
pertinent to the application that will support the application. Such
attachments should include but are not limited to:
(1) A copy of the FEMA map for the project
site with the exact location of the project site marked.
(2) Copies of other regulatory agency permits
such as those required under Sections
401 and
404 of the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act and Amendments.
(3) Elevation Certificates
(4) Certification of No Increase in the Base
Flood Elevation or no rise certificate
(5) Flood-proofing certificate
(6) Certification for water supply systems,
sanitary sewer systems and on-site waste disposal systems.
(7) Notification of the alteration or
relocation of a watercourse.
(C) The Section shall review the permit
application and approve or disapprove the application. Requests for additional
information may be made in conjunction with the initial review of the
application.
(D) If the application
is approved, the floodplain administrator will issue a development permit for
the design phase of the project. A copy of the permit shall be posted at the
project site during the construction and available for review by ABA or any
other regulatory agency during normal business hours at the site.
(E) At the completion of the project but
prior to final acceptance, ABA will review the development site to verify
compliance with the permit requirements. The floodplain administrator will sign
off on the permit signifying that the development complies with the permit
requirements. If non-compliant work or construction is discovered, the Agency
shall make the necessary corrections for compliance or the project will be
designated as a non-conforming use site under the ABA floodplain management
program.
(F) In riverine
situations, the Agency shall notify ABA, adjacent communities, and the State
NFIP Coordinator at the Arkansas Natural Resources Commission prior to any
alteration or relocation of a watercourse, and submit copies of such
notifications to the Federal Insurance Administration. Assure that the flood
carrying capacity within the altered or relocated portion of any watercourse is
maintained. This assurance shall be accompanied by and engineering study of the
before and after conditions and shall have been prepared by a registered
professional engineer.
2-705 FEMA MAP DESIGNATIONS AND TYPES
(A) FEMA is the official source for all
floodplain maps used in the ABA floodplain management program. FEMA began
publishing flood hazard boundary maps for the United States in 1977. These
early maps were constructed from information obtained from other sources such
as the Army Corps of Engineers, US Geologic Survey Services, US Soils
Conservations Service and other available sources. In some instances the data
used to compile these source maps had not been updated in many years. In many
parts of the State, these older maps are still the effective maps in
use.
(B) FEMA regularly reviews
these maps and will issue updated maps periodically when new or better flood
study information is available. These maps will be designated by a community
panel number and an effective date. Some maps will be designated as Flood
Hazard Boundary Maps (FHBM), Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRM), Special Flood
Hazard Areas (SFHA) or other designations.
(C) Maps are issued in several formats. Some
older maps will be printed on ledger size paper (11"x17") and are commonly
referred to as "plates". Larger format maps are printed and folded much like a
road map and are commonly referred to a "panels". Newer maps are being issued
in an electronic format and are referred to as a "DFIRM" or digital map. Some
maps are available for viewing and or purchasing at the FEMA website (
www.fema.gov).
(D) Due to the methodology of producing the
original maps and the incorporation of better information from actual field
studies, sometimes property which is shown in a known floodplain may actually
be at an elevation that is above the established base flood elevation. In these
instances, the Agency or owner may submit an application to FEMA to have the
property in question removed from the floodplain for insurance purposes. FEMA
evaluates these applications and may issue a letter of map amendment (LOMA) or
letter of map revision (LOMR). The actual map panel may not be redrawn to
reflect this change until the next scheduled revision.
(E) Some maps or portions of maps will show a
floodplain boundary but will not show the elevations of the base flood. In
these cases, the Section may determine the approximate base flood elevation by
one or more of the following methodologies; contour interpolation, obtain a
base flood elevation determination from another authoritative source, review of
high water marks from previous flood events, review of flood studies prepared
by other government or private agencies. In the absence of a base flood
elevation determination by FEMA, the Section determination will be the official
determination for that specific site.
(F) Some maps or portions of maps will show a
floodplain boundary with base flood elevation data but will not indicate a
designated floodway. In these cases, the Section will use the established base
flood elevations and may designate a portion of the floodplain as a floodway
for the purpose of regulating the development in the floodplain. The area
selected and designated a regulatory floodway shall be based on the principle
that the area chosen for the regulatory floodway must be designed to carry the
waters of the base flood, without increasing the water surface elevation of
that flood more than one foot at any point in the floodplain. The ABA
designated floodway will be the official determination for that specific
project site.
(G) Some areas of the
State have not yet been mapped by FEMA for flood hazard areas. When a project
site falls within an unmapped area, the Section will determine if the project
site is located within a potential flood prone or hazard area. When the project
site is determined to be in a flood hazard area, the Agency shall be required
to relocate the project outside of the ABA determined hazard area or to provide
an engineering study to verify the site will not be in a 100-year flood hazard
area.
2-706 GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS
(A) Encroachment, including fill,
new construction, substantial improvements, and other development are
prohibited within the adopted regulatory floodway unless it has been
demonstrated through hydrologic and hydraulic analyses, performed in accordance
with standard engineer practice that the proposed encroachment would not result
in any increase in flood levels within the floodway during the occurrence of
the base flood discharge. Engineering analyses shall be prepared by a
registered professional engineer.
(B) Except in unnumbered Zone "A", until a
regulatory floodway is designated, no new construction, substantial
improvements, or other development (including fill) shall be
permitted.
(C) Notwithstanding any
other provisions, encroachment may be permitted within the adopted regulatory
floodway that would result in an increase in base flood elevations, provided
that the requesting Agency first applies to FEMA for a conditional FIRM and
floodway revision, fulfills the requirements for such revisions as established
under the provisions of NFIP Regulations, Section
65.12, and receive the approval
of the Flood Insurance Administrator.
(D) Construction of new structures or
substantial improvements to existing structures are prohibited within the
floodplain unless it has been demonstrated through hydrologic and hydraulic
analyses, performed in accordance with standard engineer practice, that the
proposed construction would result in an increase in flood levels of less than
1-foot within the floodplain during the occurrence of the base flood discharge.
Engineering analyses shall be prepared by a registered professional
engineer.
(E) Adequate drainage
paths around structures on slopes are required within the floodplain to guide
floodwaters around and away from proposed structures.
(F) New structures or modifications and
equipment installed within a floodplain shall be installed using methods and
practices that minimize the potential for damage or loss due to
flooding.
2 -707
ELEVATION REQUIREMENTS IN FLOODPLAINS
(A)
Elevation of the lowest floor level for structures and the elevations of
equipment pads for equipment located in the floodplain shall be as show in this
paragraph.
(B) Where no FEMA map
exists and the project site is located in a flood-prone area, the minimum
elevation shall be
2 foot above adjacent
grade.
(C) Where a FEMA map exists
but no base flood elevation data is provided within 500 feet of the project
site location, the minimum elevation shall be
2 foot above the base flood
elevation established by ABA.
(D)
Where a FEMA map exists but no base flood elevation is provided at the project
site and a base flood elevation is noted within 500 feet of the site or a base
flood elevation is obtained from another authoritative source such as a Corps
of Engineers study or Highway Department study, the minimum elevation shall be
1 foot above the base flood elevation accepted by ABA.
(E) Where a FEMA map exists and a base flood
elevation is provided at the project site, the minimum elevation shall be 1
foot above the elevation shown on the map, in the flood insurance study if
available, or as interpolate between elevations shown on the map.
2-708 RECOMMENDED DEVELOPMENT
TYPES I N A FLOODPLAIN
(A) While it is strongly desirable to
prohibit development within the floodplain, ABA recognizes that there are
beneficial developments that, when constructed properly, can provide vital
public spaces while minimizing the potential for damage or loss due to
flooding. Agencies are encouraged to reserve the floodplain for these uses to
the maximum extent possible.
(B)
When possible, floodplains at an Agency site or campus should be reserved for
their natural purpose. Leave floodplains in their natural state as wildlife or
bird habitats. Agencies shall maintain the floodplain and floodway in a manner
that will reduce or minimize the accumulation of debris in the floodwaters,
which may inhibit or restrict the free flow of the waters. When clearing or
landscaping of a floodplain is necessary to reduce fire hazards, for safety and
security or to enhance the scenic view from a building or gathering point, the
area located within the boundaries of the floodplain should be left as a green
belt or space. Erosion control measures shall be implemented to ensure that
flood events do not create erosion or unacceptable levels of sediment
transportation.
(C) Development of
walking, biking and riding trails within the floodplain particularly along the
stream or river are encourage to allow the public to experience the beauty of
these natural features. Amphitheaters and gazebos may be constructed within the
floodplain provided that they are securely anchored to prevent floatation or
collapse and are constructed of materials to resist flood damage. Agencies
should emphasis the purpose of the floodplain and floodway through the use of
informational and interpretive signs and exhibits.
(D) Sports fields and playgrounds may be
constructed within the floodplain. Equipment installed must be properly
anchored and constructed of materials that resist flood damage. Bleachers and
stands may also be installed provided that they are properly anchored to
prevent flotation, collapse and allow the free flow of floodwater through the
structure. Concession stands that are enclosed on four sides must be elevated
above the base flood elevation in accordance with § 2-706.
(E) Parking lots may be constructed within
the floodplain provided no overnight parking is allowed at the site. Parking
lot lighting must be installed on an elevated concrete pedestal with the
hand-hole installed above the base flood elevation. All wiring shall be
installed to prevent the entry of water into the conduit system. The electrical
disconnect serving the lighting circuits must be installed above the base flood
elevation and preferably outside the floodplain. Consideration to the
anticipated velocity of floodwaters shall be considered in the selection of the
paving system to minimize the loss of paving during a flood event. Provide
adequate signage indicating that part or all of the parking is located in a
known floodplain and that flooding may occur without warning during periods of
heavy rainfall. Layout and location of signage must be included in the review
submittal to the Section.
(F)
Campsites and recreational vehicle parking may be constructed within a
floodplain provided that the following conditions are met:
(1) Campsites may be constructed with
permanent tent pads and accessories such as grilles, seating, fire rings and
similar appurtenances. Campsites may be suitable for tents or pull along
campers only. Tents and pull along campers shall be on site no more than 7
consecutive days and must be suitable for strike-down within less than 1 hour.
No permanent cabins, lodges; or similar structures are allowed unless the
lowest floor level is elevated above the base flood elevation in accordance
with § 2-707.
(2) Recreational
vehicles shall be on the site for fewer than 180 consecutive days and must be
fully licensed and ready for highway use. A recreational vehicle is considered
ready for highway use if it is on its wheels or jacking system, is attached to
the site only by quick disconnect type utilities and security devices, and has
no permanently attached additions. Vehicles not meeting these requirements must
be installed to meet the elevation and anchoring requirements for "manufactured
homes".
(3) Where overnight camping
is allowed within a floodplain, the Agency shall have a written formal
emergency plan for staff use in the notification of campers and the evacuation
of the affected campsites. The Agency shall also install signage at each
campsite advising the camper that the site is located with a known flood hazard
area and shall provide a clearly designate evacuation route to a safe location.
Signage shall clearly mark the evacuation route and area of refuge. When
campers check in at the campground, the Agency shall provide printed
instructions on the evacuation procedures during flooding and shall provide the
campers with a map showing the evacuation route, signage and area of refuge.
Sign design and locations shall be indicated on plans and submitted for
review.
(4) Agencies should also
post warning signs at all locations within its property that may be subject to
flash flooding regardless of whether the area is located in a known floodplain.
Signage should advise that the area is known to be subject to flash flooding
during heavy rains and that caution is advised during rainy weather. The
signage should also provide directions to the closest exit from the flood prone
area.
(5) Campsites and
recreational vehicle parking may be provided with utility hook-ups such as
electricity, water and sewer provided that these utilities are designed to
prevent the entry of floodwaters into the piping systems. Electrical
connections within the floodplain area shall have a disconnecting means located
outside the floodplain or at an elevation above the base flood elevation and
shall be accessible by the campground operators to disconnect power during
flood events.
(G)
Telecommunication towers, utility poles or towers, underground utilities and
similar facilities may be constructed in the floodplain provided that
facilities are designed to resist collapse due to floodwaters, are properly
anchored and permit the free flow of water in and around the structures. For
utility service lines such as water, sewer, gas, electric and similar, the
piping system shall be designed to prevent the entry of floodwater.
2-709 STRUCTURES NOT PERMITTED
BELOW THE BASE FLOOD ELEVATION
(A) Residential
structures, institutional restrained occupancy facilities, hazardous materials
storage, educational facilities, emergency services facilities and office
buildings shall not be constructed with the lowest floor below the base flood
elevation.
(B) Water treatment and
sewage treatment plants shall not be constructed with the lowest floor or
operations level below the base flood elevation. When topography requires that
such facilities must be constructed below the base flood elevation, the
facility shall be protected from flooding by the use of levees or floodwalls
and provided with reliable means to remove rain water before over topping the
critical treatment tanks or structures.
(C) Where these types of structures must be
located within a floodplain, the Agency must elevate the building or equipment
pads above the base flood elevation by installing suitable fill. This
installation must comply with the provisions of paragraph 2-706.
(D) The Agency may make application to FEMA
for the site to be removed from the floodplain based on this fill activity. If
FEMA approves the application they will issue a letter of map amendment based
of fill (LOMAF). A copy of this letter must be submitted to the Section before
the plans can be approved for bidding or construction. Note that this approval
is for insurance purposes under the National Flood Insurance Program only and
may not result in a premium reduction under the current State master insurance
policy. The Agency shall verify the insurance requirements and restrictions
with its insurance risk management representative.
2-710 STRUCTURES THAT MAY BE PERMITTED BELOW
THE BASE FLOOD ELEVATION
(A) Non-residential
structures may be permitted if dry flood proofed or wet flood proofed subject
to the Section approval. Types of structures that will be considered include
but are not limited too, picnic pavilions, park restroom facilities, parking
garages, boat storage, marine dock facilities (including dock-mounted
stores).
(B) For dry flood
proofing, the structure and attendant utility and sanitary facilities, shall be
designed so that below the base flood level the structure is watertight with
walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water and with structural
components having the capability of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic
loads and effects of buoyancy. The elevation of the dry flood proofing must be
equal to the elevations noted in § 2-707, certified by the design
profession and documentation submitted to the Section for review and
approval.
(C) For wet flood
proofing of new construction and substantial improvements, fully enclosed areas
below the base flood elevation which are subject to flooding, shall be designed
to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls by
allowing for the entry and exit of floodwaters. Designs for meeting this
requirement must be certified by a registered engineer or architect and meet or
exceed the following minimum criteria;
(1) A
minimum of two openings having a total net area of not less than one square
inch for every square foot of enclosed area subject to flooding shall be
provided. The bottom of all openings shall be no higher than one foot above
grade. Openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, valves, or other
coverings or devices provided that they permit the automatic entry and exit of
floodways.
(2) Automatic vents and
screens must be periodically inspected and tested to ensure proper operation
during a flood event. The Agency shall maintain a record of each test procedure
and result along with maintenance records on the automatic type
vents.
(3) Structure shall be
constructed with materials resistant to flood damage and allow for quick
sanitary cleanup and return to service. Materials that support the growth of
mold shall be prohibited.
(D) Structures shall be adequately anchored
to prevent flotation, collapse, or lateral movement of the structure or
equipment resulting from hydrodynamic and hydrostatic loads, including the
effects of buoyancy and velocity of the water. The potential for debris impact
must also be considered as well as the probability for the structure or
contents becoming debris for downstream property. Designs for meeting this
requirement must be certified by a registered engineer or architect.
(E) Facilities shall be constructed with
electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing, and air conditioning equipment and
other service facilities that are designed and/or located so as to prevent
water from entering or accumulating within the components during conditions of
flooding. Designs for meeting this requirement must be certified by a
registered engineer.
2-711 MANUFACTURED HOMES AND PORTABLE
BUILDINGS
(A) Manufactured homes or portable
office or classroom buildings should not be located in a floodplain if other
property at the site or campus is outside of the floodplain. When these types
of structures must be located in a floodplain, the Agency may raise the grade
on which the structure sits and the surrounding grade to meet or exceed the
base flood elevation.
(B) The
chassis shall be supported by reinforced concrete piers or other foundation
elements of equivalent strength and shall be no less than 36 inches above the
base flood elevations and be secured to an adequately anchored foundation
system to resist floatation, collapse, and lateral movement. All mechanical and
electrical equipment (including ductwork) shall be installed in accordance with
paragraph 2-710(E).
(C) When an
existing manufactured home or portable building which has been located below
the base flood elevation has incurred "substantial damage" as the result of a
flood, it shall not be replaced or repaired unless the provisions of paragraphs
2-711(A) & (B) are meet.
2-712 UTILITY AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS
(A) All public utilities and facilities, such
as sewer, gas, electrical, telecommunication, water systems, and roadways shall
be located and constructed to minimize or eliminate flood damage.
(B) Adequate drainage shall be provided to
reduce exposure to flood hazards around these facilities.
(C) New and replacement sanitary sewage
systems shall be designed to minimize infiltration of floodwaters into the
systems and discharges from the systems into waters.
(D) Onsite waste disposal systems shall be
located to avoid impairment to them or contamination from them during
flooding.
(E) Roads and driveways
for normal access may be constructed below the base flood elevation as the
topography may require. Roads and drives required for access by emergency
vehicles during a flood for evacuation or emergency rescue or response shall be
constructed at or above the base flood elevation.
(F) Bridges and crossings of streams, creeks
and primary drainage paths of floodwaters may be constructed below the base
flood elevation provided that proper signage is installed advising of "low
water crossing, do not enter when water is above roadway". Construction must be
in compliance with paragraph 2-706 and other applicable paragraphs of the ABA
floodplain management program.
2-713 VARIANCE
(A) The issuance of a variance is for
floodplain management purposes only. Insurance rates are determined by statute
according to actuarial risk and will not be modified by the granting of a
variance. Therefore, while a variance initially offers relief to a developer
Agency, for example, though lower construction costs, higher insurance premiums
may offset or exceed the reduced cost of construction. The ABA Council, after
examining the applicant's hardship, shall approve or disapprove a variance
request. While the granting of variances generally is limited to a lot size
less than one-half acre, deviations from that limitation may occur. However, as
the lot size increases beyond one-half acre, the technical justification
required for issuing a variance increases. Variances may be issued for the
reconstruction, rehabilitation or restoration of structures listed on the
National Register of Historic Places or a State Inventory of Historic Places,
without regard to the procedures described in this
section.
(B) If an
Agency wishes to construct a non-conforming structure in a flood management
area, that Agency shall:
(1) Submit a
description of the proposed project in enough detail to allow consideration of
the eleven variance factors listed below.
(2) Submit a written detailed response to
each of the variance factors listed below. ABA will consider the variance in
conjunction and either disallow the variance, thereby requiring that the
project be relocated, or submit it to the Council for consideration:
(a) Danger to life and property due to
increased flood heights or velocities caused by non-conforming
structure.
(b) Danger that
materials may be swept downstream and cause injury to persons or
property.
(c) Ability of any
proposed water supply or sanitary systems to prevent disease, contamination,
and unsanitary conditions.
(d) The
susceptibility of the proposed facility and its contents to flood damage and
the practicality of plans to prevent such damage.
(e) Importance of the proposed facility to
the state or local community.
(f)
Degree of necessity that the proposed facility be placed in this
location.
(g) Availability and
practicality of alternate locations.
(h) Compatibility of the proposed facility
with existing development.
(i)
Relationship of the proposed facility to the comprehensive plan and floodplain
management program for the area.
(j) Safety of access of the facility in times
of flood, particularly for emergency vehicles.
(k) The expected heights, velocity, duration,
rate of rise, and sediment transport of the floodwaters expected at the
site.
(C)
Procedures for the granting of variances are as follows:
(1) Variances shall not be issued by the
Council within any designated regulatory floodway if any increase in flood
levels during the base flood discharge would result;
(2) Variances may be issued by the Council
for new construction and substantial improvements to be erected on a lot of
one-half acre or less in size contiguous to and surrounded by lots with
existing structures constructed below the base flood level, in conformance with
the ABA floodplain management program requirement;
(3) Variances shall only be issued by the
Council upon:
(a) A showing of good and
sufficient cause;
(b) A
determination that failure to grant the variance would result in exceptional
hardship to the applicant; and
(c)
A determination that the granting of a variance will not result in increased
flood heights, additional threats to public safety, extraordinary public
expense, create nuisances, cause fraud on or victimization of the public, or
conflict with existing State or Federal Laws.
(d) Variances shall only be issued upon a
determination that the variance is the minimum necessary, considering the flood
hazard, to afford relief.
(D) ABA shall notify the applicant in writing
that:
(1) The issuance of a variance to
construct a structure below the base flood level will result in increased
premium rates for flood insurance up to amounts as high as $25 annual premium
for $100 of insurance coverage; increased deductibles per claims and in some
instances, insurance coverage may be denied.
(2) Such construction increases the risk to
life and property.
(3) Any terms or
conditions of the variance approval.
(4) This information constitutes notification
to the applicant of the criteria for and consequences of the issuance of the
variance.
(5) ABA shall maintain a
record of variances and report the number of variances to the Federal Insurance
Administrator when requested.
2-714 REPORTING A FLOOD EVENT
To provide for effective management of floodplain development, it
is essential that ABA be informed about each flood event in sufficient detail
to plan future developments and adjust the floodplain management program.
Therefore, agencies shall report each flood event to the ABA designated
floodplain administrator and to its respective insurance risk management
representative. The report shall include but not be limited to the following
items:
(1) Date of the flood
event.
(2) Rainfall in inches and
duration of rain in hours (if known).
(3) A description of the damage to structures
and facilities (include photos).
(4) A map of the campus or site showing the
boundaries and elevations of the flooding at high water. If a map is not
available, mark the high water at 100-foot intervals along the perimeter and on
structures that were partially flooded and notify ABA. ABA will attempt to
locate a suitable map and assist the agency with this documentation.
(5) Attach copies of news articles or reports
that indicate the magnitude of the flood. If an authoritative source such as
the Corps of Engineers or National Weather Service designates the event as a
particular frequency event such as a 25 year, 50-year, 100-year event or
similar, include a copy of this information.
It is not the intent of this policy to inhibit an Agency's
response to or recovery from a flood event. This report should be completed
after the emergency is over and submitted no later than 60 days after the
event. However, an Agency may request a 30-day extension if submitted in
writing. The request should include the date of the event brief description of
the damages and the estimated date the full report can be submitted.
Once an insurance settlement has been determined, the Agency
shall submit a supplement to the report noting the value of the total losses
and the amount of the insurance settlement. This information is requested for
tracking purposes only.
2-800 ENERGY CONSERVATION
(A) The life cycle cost of operating a
building, including energy cost and labor cost, can often exceed the cost of
the building construction by 8 to 10 times. Efforts to reduce energy
consumption or improve employee efficiency by as little as 10% can often result
in lifetime cost savings equaling the cost of new construction. It is therefore
incumbent upon each building operator, manager, and designer to be aware of the
issue regarding energy consumption in the building and to plan construction and
operations as wisely as possible to minimize the energy consumption while
meeting the operational needs of the facility and while promoting a healthy
indoor environment.
(B) Energy
Conservation for only the sake of avoiding energy consumption can often lead to
indoor environmental problems that can have a potential cost far greater than
the value of the energy saved. All energy plans should consider not only the
energy reduction but also the impact upon the building materials, systems and
upon the occupant's health and productivity. Pursuant to the Arkansas Energy
Code and the Arkansas Fire Prevention Code, all new construction projects and
renovations shall comply with these codes. Agencies should give careful
consideration to the principles of the standards and codes for incorporation
into the project design to allow a stable base from which the building operator
can begin to manage the building's energy consumption. All occupied buildings
shall be designed to maintain the indoor environment within the parameters of
the "Comfort Envelope" as defined in the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook. This
envelope defines a range of temperatures and humidity levels that are deemed to
be acceptable to most occupants under normal activity levels.
2-801 LIFE CYCLE COST ANALYSIS
In accordance with the Arkansas Energy Office (AEO) rules for
Energy Efficiency and Natural Resource Conservation in Public Buildings,
Agencies and the Project Designer are required to evaluate all material and
equipment selections on the basis of life cycle cost as opposed to a first cost
only for new construction projects exceeding 20,000 SF and for renovations of
buildings exceeding 20,000 SF wherein the renovation cost exceeds 50% of the
insured value of the building. During a competitive bid process for
construction, often the product having the better life cycle cost can be
incorporated into the project for little or no incremental cost over the lesser
quality product. Agencies should evaluate the proposed products at a 30 year
life cycle. Careful consideration should also be given to the utility
escalation rates, the maintenance rate and the discount rates for the cost of
money. These factors can vary significantly from those applied to private
sector cost (shorter life cycle) and if improperly applied can invalidate the
analysis. Agencies are encouraged to use life cycle costing on all other
projects to the extent that it is economically feasible.
2-802 AUTOMATED CONTROLS
Where possible use automatic controls for HVACR systems and for
lighting applications. Space temperature and humidity should be controlled by
automatic controls capable of maintaining the space set-point within a fixed
upper limit and lower limit. Where practical, provide for the automatic setback
or setup of the space temperature during the un-occupied periods. Avoid turning
off systems where the rise in space temperature or humidity above the ASHRAE
recommended maximums might result in damage to the building materials or growth
of microbiological organisms. Avoid exposing the building water systems or
other components to potentially damaging freezing conditions. Where possible,
use space occupancy sensors such as motion sensors to control lighting and
individual room air conditioning terminal units allow setback or to turn out
the lights when a space is unoccupied. Where sufficient natural lighting exist
due to windows or skylights, use automatic lighting controls to regulate the
overall space lighting levels.
2-803 MANUAL CONTROLS
When automatic controls are not part of the building systems, the
building manager should develop policies for each building or facility. These
policies should be written and distributed to all employees. The policy should
encourage the conservation of energy through the direct involvement of the
building occupants. Occupant efforts should include activities such as turning
lights off when not in use; maintaining thermostat settings as directed by the
building manager; set-back or set-up thermostat settings during the un-occupied
periods; do not leave windows open when the building heating or air
conditioning systems are in operation; use the blinds or drapes to moderate the
lighting level in the space so as to take maximum advantage of the natural
lighting and so as to reduce the building air conditioning load; leave blinds
or drapes closed when the space is un-occupied and over the weekends and
holidays; do not use electrical space heaters in spaces that are
air-conditioned. Adjust the heating/cooling set-points or encourage employees
to dress in multiple layers of lightweight clothing such as jackets or
sweaters, which can be removed or added to accommodate individual variations in
comfort levels.
2-804
EQUIPMENT EFFICIENCY
(A) Do not overlook water
conservation as an opportunity to reduce or manage the building operating cost.
When selecting water-cooled or liquid-ring seal equipment, consider the water
usage rates. When designing or operating lawn irrigation systems, consult with
the Cooperative Extension Service to determine the maximum water rates for all
vegetation. Evaluate the soil conditions with regards to absorption rates.
Where possible, provide irrigation systems that calculate the evaporation
transpiration rate based on local conditions. It is more effective to have
multiple watering cycles to allow ample time for the water to absorb into the
soil than to have longer cycles, which result in excessive run-off. Be cautious
not to over water especially where large trees are concerned. The damage caused
by the loss of an old growth tree due to over watering can be many times the
cost of proper watering in that area. Where possible, use plumbing fixtures
with infrared sensors to activate the flow of water. This not only saves water
but also is also more sanitary and reduces the transmission of bacteria from
hand contact with the fixture.
(B)
Agencies and designers should endeavor to specify new equipment and fixtures to
be Energy Star compliant. Energy Star equipment has been tested and certified
to be low energy consuming during normal operation. In addition many Energy
Star products such as computers have built-in power reduction modes that
further reduce energy consumption during non-use or standby periods. Building
managers should encourage occupants to not defeat or disable these energy
reduction features. Equipment, like building systems, should be selected based
on the best life cycle cost for each specific application.
2-805 ENERGY STAR BUILDING PROGRAM
(A) The Energy Star Building Program is a
voluntary partnership between U.S. organizations and the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) to promote energy efficiency in buildings. These
organizations represent owner-occupied public and privately owned buildings.
The EPA provides participants in the program with unbiased technical
information, customized support services, public relations assistance, and
access to a broad-range of resources and tools.
(B) The Energy Star Building Program allows
building owners to benchmark their building's energy performance relative to
other similar properties in the program database. The Energy Star Building
Label is awarded to buildings performing in the top 25% percentile of the
market. This mark of excellence in energy performance signifies that the
building has out-standing energy performance, lower operating cost and superior
value. Buildings qualifying for the Energy Star Building Label are eligible to
receive a placard to display on the building denoting the building as an Energy
Star Building and the year date the building was certified.
(C) The Energy Star Building Labeling program
is co-sponsored by the EPA and the U.S. Department of Energy. Information
concerning the program criteria and participation can be accessed through the
EPA web site at www.epa.gov/buildinglabel. Agencies are encouraged to apply for
the building label.
(D) The Energy
Star Portfolio Manager building benchmarking program is recommended for
agencies subject to the energy reduction mandate of Executive Order 09-07 and
Arkansas Code Annotated §
22-3-2001
et. Seq. as a tool to monitor and achieve the goals of the Agency's Strategic
Energy Plan.
2-900
DESIGN STANDARDS
(A) The standards contained
herein are considered the minimum acceptable for capital improvement projects
submitted to the Section. Agencies and their design professionals are
encouraged to exceed these standards when in the best interest of the State. If
the Agency encounters a situation whereby these minimum standards cannot be
met, the Agency shall submit a written request to the Section for a waiver of
each specific standard. The wavier request shall define the conditions of the
project that cannot meet the MSC, the applicable paragraph references for which
the waiver is sought, the cost of compliance with the MSC if the waiver is not
granted, and the cost of the proposed alternate construction and why the Agency
cannot comply with the standards under the proposed project. All waivers must
be approved by the Section in writing prior to the first plan submittal to the
Section.
2-901 DESIGN
PHILOSOPHY
(A) The goal of the Agency and its
consulting Design Professionals should be to create a capital investment that
meets the user's functional requirements, program requirements and provides the
most economical life cycle cost for the taxpayer. Buildings and structures will
often be used for periods exceeding fifty (50) years and consequently, should
be designed for durability, adaptability, and economy of operation and ease of
maintenance. The State currently has many functioning buildings that are over
fifty (50) years old.
(B) Building
system components should be selected on the basis of life cycle cost. If an
increased first cost or initial cost can be documented to show a reduced life
cycle cost for the State, particularly for operating and personnel cost, then
the design should incorporate the more expensive first cost feature or system.
Studies have shown that the initial construction cost for most buildings equals
10 percent or less of the total cost of owning and operating a building over
the life cycle of the building. Agencies shall require the Design Professional
to produce life cycle cost data for review before approving a design element or
system where required by the AEO rules for Energy Efficiency and Natural
Resource Conservation in Public Buildings.
(C) Agencies must be alert to ensure their
consulting Design Professionals exercise discipline in their designs to promote
efficient use of facility space in terms of floor area and building volume.
Exterior design features and materials should be consistent with the
architectural character of the surrounding buildings and should complement the
natural materials at the site. Excessive features or unusual geometry, which
are not related to the function or intended use of the facility, shall be
avoided.
(D) Acceptance of a
particular design does not imply that other more cost effective designs are not
acceptable. Good architecture can be achieved simply by good design which
implies sensitivity to scale, mass, proportion, color, materials, lighting and
detail, none of which necessarily cost more.
2-902 DESIGN STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS FOR
OWNER/AGENCIES
(A) The Agency and the Design
Professional should be aware of differences between private work and work
performed for the State. Failure to comprehend these basic differences in rules
and policies can result in costly disputes, protest, claims, and document
re-submittals. The Design Professional should become familiar with these
differences, which include but are not limited to the following
areas:
(B) Since the knowledge and
experience of the contractors bidding on the project is unknown, drawings and
specifications requirements shall be clear as to the intent of the work. The
plans and specifications must be clear, concise, and provide thorough detailing
of existing and new construction.
(C) Sections, details, and dimensions must be
in sufficient quantity, clarity and detail to allow the bidder to understand
what is expected, to make takeoffs of material types and quantities, and once
hired, to prepare shop drawings and execute the construction. This particularly
applies to stairs, special connections for framing, typical details of system
interfaces, flashing for roofs, walls, and similar building features.
(D) Details should clearly distinguish
between existing and new construction. The drawings must also clearly show the
beginning and the ending point of demolition requirements.
(E) The project design is solely the
responsibility of the Design Professional. Specifications requiring the
contractor to provide engineering design are not acceptable unless the products
specified for contractor design are closed-engineering systems. Closed
engineering systems may include pre-engineered metal buildings, elevated water
storage tanks, prefabricated trusses, post tensioned structural concrete slabs,
pre-cast concrete systems and common steel structural connections. Other
systems can be classified as closed-engineering systems if approved in writing
by the State Engineer. When closed-engineering system specifications are used,
the Design Professional shall include the requirement for such systems designs
to be stamped by a professional engineered duly licensed to practice in the
State pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
22-9-101
et seq. Closed-engineering system shop drawings shall be submitted through the
Design Professional to the engineer of record for review and approval for
incorporation into the overall project design.
(F) In order to encourage competition
required in the expenditure of public funds, performance specifications that
define a desired result or assembly are strongly preferred. If performance
specifications are not practical, and a manufactured product must be used to
define a desired result of assembly, then at least three manufacturers and
three products should be referenced. Do not reference both manufactured
products and performance criteria because conflicts in the performance criteria
and the product performance may create ambiguity and result in the
misapplication of a product, a protest, or a claim.
2-903 SPECIFICATION STANDARDS
(A) Specifications shall clearly define the
quality, performance, and installation standards for the Work and the
conditions under which the Work is to be executed. They shall be in sufficient
detail to describe the materials, equipment and supplies, and the methods of
installation and construction. Required tests and guarantees shall be indicated
in the specifications.
(B) Federal
Specifications, MILSPECS, Corps of Engineers Specifications, Arkansas Highway
and Transportation Department Specifications and the like, often contain
requirements or standards, which are not applicable to State work. Those
specifications may contain requirements and options ranging from the lowest
quality to the highest quality product, which must be carefully reviewed,
selected and identified in the specifications. Therefore, it is recommended
that all reference to these types of specifications be avoided.
(C) Specifications shall be on 8 1/2" by
11" sheets and bound into a project manual with bid sets preferably printed on
both sides of the sheet. Type print size shall be suitable for microfilming and
shall not be smaller than 12-point type size. The table of contents pages, or
index, shall be dated with the same date as the drawings and shall be sealed
and signed by the appropriate Design Professionals.
(D) The Project Manual shall include but not
be limited to:
(1) Title of Project and Name
of Agency;
(2) Names, address,
phone and fax numbers of the Design Professional and all consultants;
(3) An index of all contents;
(4) Notice of Invitation to Bid;
(5) Instructions to Bidders;
(6) Bid Form;
(7) The General Conditions;
(8) Supplemental General Conditions, (if
applicable);
(9) Contract Between
Owner and Contractor;
(10) Workers
Compensation Insurance Certificate;
(11) Standard Performance and Payment
Bond;
(12) List of
Drawings;
(13) Other Division Zero
(0) Requirements, as appropriate;
(14) Technical Specification (Divisions 1-49
Applicable Sections);
(a) Technical
Specification Sections shall be numbered with appropriate six digit section
numbers corresponding to the CSI numbering system. The preferred paragraph
numbering system format is the Alpha Numeric format.
(b) Technical Sections shall be subdivided
into the Part I-General, Part
II, Products, Part
III -Execution format.
(15) Appendices containing Soils
Report, Asbestos Report, or other information pertinent to the project but not
a part of the Work. Such material should be noted as, "INFORMATION ONLY", for
use by the Contractor as he deems appropriate.
(E) The four (4) types of specifications used
on State projects are performance specifications, non-proprietary
specifications, proprietary specifications and sole source
specifications.
(F) Performance
Specification or Non- Proprietary formats are the preferred methods of
specifying materials, equipment and systems. A non-proprietary specification
shall be written either as a generic performance specification (preferred); or
as a specification naming a minimum of three (3) manufacturers with model or
series numbers. The following describes the ABA requirements for performance
specifications and non-proprietary specifications.
(1) A generic performance specification must
be written to describe the required characteristics, performance standards,
capacities, quality, size or dimensions, and the like, of the item or system.
The specifications must be written with sufficient detail to allow
manufacturers to determine if their product meets the requirements of the
project. Include only the salient features that will be used to judge a
product's acceptability for the project. The performance specification shall
not name manufacturers or brand name products.
(2) A non-proprietary specification may be
based on a manufacturer/model number type specification and must list at least
three (3) manufacturers with their respective model numbers. Each of the listed
manufacturers/model numbers must have been determined by the Design
Professional to meet the specifications and be acceptable. If a named
manufacturer prepackages or preassembles its item or system, the model number
shall be specified. If the named manufacturer(s) custom builds the item or
system, naming of model numbers is not required. When model numbers are used in
a specification, be aware that each number and letter may be a unique
identifier for various features of that manufacturer's product line. Avoid
listing model long numbers. Limit the model number to the point necessary to
describe the appropriate series of products and describe the unique product
characteristics in the body of the specification or the schedules.
(3) The non-proprietary specification must
describe the required characteristics, performance standards, and capacities
that will be used to determine equal products. Do not specify extraneous
characteristics that do not relate to the products' performance or suitability
for the project. The specification shall not be contrived to exclude any of the
manufacturers listed or to benefit any one (1) manufacturer over any of the
other manufacturers. If only two (2) acceptable manufacturers can be found and
documented by model number but other equal products are acceptable if found by
the bidder, the Design Professional may list only those two (2) manufacturers
and the phrase "or equal". If the phrase "or equal" is used the design
professional may only reject the unnamed substitute if there is clear evidence
of non-compliance in the submittal information presented for review or
documented evidence that the substitute product or material has failed to
perform satisfactorily as intended.
(G) A specification is proprietary if it
fails to meet requirements of a generic specification or a non-proprietary
specification. Although a proprietary specification should be avoided because
it restricts competition, circumstances such as space limitations, mandatory
performance standards, compatibility with an existing system, and the like, may
leave no other reasonable choice. Two (2) typical situations that may require
proprietary specifications are:
(1) When only
two (2) manufacturers or suppliers provide an acceptable product or system,
when there are no equals and when no substitutions are allowed or
(2) When only one (1) manufacturer is
available, but two (2) or more vendors or suppliers can purchase the material
and compete to provide the product or system to contractors or
bidders.
(H) A
specification is sole source when it names only one (1) manufacturer or product
to the exclusion of others, or when it is contrived so that only one (1)
manufacturer, product, or supplier can satisfy the specification. A product or
piece of equipment that is available only through a single franchised vendor is
also considered to be a sole source item.
(I) Proprietary and sole source
specifications may be used only when the Agency has determined that a
proprietary or sole source specification is in the best interest of the State
and that use of alternate materials or equipment will be cost prohibitive. When
a sole source specification is used, the specification shall clearly identify
the materials or equipment as a proprietary or sole source item, the approved
supplier or installer and a cost allowance shall be allocated in the
appropriate section for Allowances in the project manual. In this manner, all
bidders will have equal pricing for all allowance items within their bid price.
For projects awarded by summation of unit pricing, the item(s) may be shown as
a unit price line item without the allowed cost shown. The Agency shall
incorporate the proprietary or sole vendor/supplier's pricing based on the
final construction drawings into the allowance item and shall retain a copy of
the vendor/supplier's price proposal for the item for record. To ensure that
accurate cost accounting of allowances is maintained, adjustments in the
allowance cost during the construction phase shall be by individual line items
matching the allowance schedule. Combining multiple allowance items into a
single price or lumping allowance adjustments into a single pricing with other
items is prohibited. It is acceptable and appropriate to include allowance
adjustments with other cost items in a single change order provide supporting
documentation is attached to delineate the allowance adjustments.
(J) Prior to advertising the project for bids
that contain sole source specifications, the Agency is encouraged to either
procure the sole source item and specify it as Owner furnished/Contractor
installed or the Agency may pre-select a sole source item through a competitive
life cycle cost request for proposals (RFP). The product having the lowest life
cycle cost shall be selected and shall be included in the specification as an
allowance cost item listing manufacture, product number, allowance price,
vendor contact name, address and phone number and the manufacturer's quote
number. The specifications shall clearly indicate that the specified product
was selected on the basis of a Life Cycle Cost Analysis.
(K) The use of standardized specifications or
"guide specs" as a basis or resource for editing has many advantages for the
Design Professional, the Reviewer and the Contractor. The Design Professional
shall edit the guide specifications to include only the materials,
requirements, and procedures applicable to the project. Specifications, which
are submitted without editing, will be rejected as an incomplete submittal.
Where Military guide specifications are used on a project, they shall be edited
to delete references to Military and Federal Specifications. References to the
Contracting Officer shall be changed to the Agency. Also, requirements for
tests, inspections, and visits to the manufacturer's plant, and the like, which
are not normally required for state projects shall be deleted.
(L) The Design Professional shall not require
samples, shop drawings, or similar materials to be submitted for approval prior
to receipt of bids without the specific written approval of the Section. The
specifications must contain sufficient information to describe to the
contractor and bidders the performance and quality standards that will be used
to evaluate the submittals.
(M)
Complex or sensitive systems such as locking systems, detention equipment and
security control systems for prisons often require manufacturers with a proven
history of reliable, operable equipment in special situations with minimal
malfunctions. In these instances, sole source or proprietary specifications may
be appropriate.
(N) Projects for
the State are not "testing grounds" for new type of materials or equipment.
However, the fact that a material is newly developed does not preclude its use
if documentation of recognized, independent laboratory tests clearly shows that
the material will meet the applicable requirements for the project. The Agency
shall submit a written request and justification to the Section for approval to
specify a new product or material prior to the Final Plan Review submittal.
Unless the manufacturer of a new product furnishes factual data sufficient to
evaluate the product, it should not be considered for use. If a new product is
considered for use, a competitive-type specification should be written to
assure that a competitive; good-quality product will be obtained. In instances
where competitive specifications are not appropriate, a sole source or
proprietary specification may be appropriate. The Agency, with the approval of
ABA, may authorize use of a new material, equipment or system for a particular
project on a trial basis for observation or evaluation.
(O) Specifications must clearly indicate the
requirements for the project. Words or phrases, which are vague or may be
interpreted more than one way often lead to problems during bidding or
construction and result in change order or claims. The following instructions
are intended to reduce common errors and conflicts evolving from
interpretations of the specifications.
(1)
Under Requirements, do not say, "the Work consists of." Drawings should show
the entire 'scope of the work'. If necessary to list certain parts, say
"Generally, the Work includes."
(2)
In lieu of reference to the accompanying drawings, use the words "as shown,"
"as indicated," "as detailed" or "as approved by.," "as directed by...," "as
permitted by..."
(3) The Contractor
is responsible for determining the packages of work for each subcontract. It is
acceptable to specify certain specialty work to be performed by person
qualified, certified or licensed (if appropriate) and experienced in this type
of work. If it is necessary to reference a specific trade group, it may be
referred to as that group or trade by the CSI division number or section number
i.e.: "Division 26" for electrical work instead of "electrical sub-contractor"
or "Section 283100-Fire Detection and Alarm" instead of "fire alarm
contractor".
(4) Do not use "etc."
This term is too indefinite for bidding and inspection purposes.
(5) Minimize the use of cross-references and
in no case use paragraph numbers for this purpose. If it is necessary to refer
to a particular paragraph, do so by its section number and title (e.g. Section
0330 00,
Cast-in-Place Concrete).
(6) Do not
include a paragraph in the various sections entitled "Work not Included",
describe only the work that is included under the respective
sections.
(7) Specifications should
clearly delineate air conditioning ducts, heating ducts and piping systems,
which require insulation. The phrase "insulating all ducts except in
conditioned spaces" has resulted in differences of opinion and claim
situations. All duct systems should be appropriately designated as supply,
exhaust, outside air intake, transfer, relief, or return and further clarified
by stating insulating requirements.
(8) Do not confuse "any" and "all": "Correct
any defects" should read "Correct all defects."
(9) Do not confuse "either" or "both"; e.g.,
"Paint sheet metal on either side" should read "Paint sheet metal on both
sides." "Either" implies a choice.
(10) Do not confuse "or" and "and"; e.g.,
"The equipment shall not have defects in workman-ship and material." The use of
"and" in this sentence indicates both requirements must be met. e.g. "Additives
that decrease strength or durability are not permitted.
(11) Do not use "and/or." The courts have
considered this phrase to be intentionally ambiguous and, therefore claims are
often rendered in favor of the Contractor.
(12
) Use statements that are definite and contain no ambiguous words
and phrases "Remove" implies to take away from its current location. If
"remove" is used, the Design Professional must also indicate whether to dispose
of, salvage, or re-install the material "removed". "Reinstall" implies putting
the existing back in the indicated place. If "reinstall" is used, the Design
Professional must also indicate that the Contractor must carefully remove the
item, properly store it, and then "reinstall" the item at appropriate time.
"Replace" implies removal of old material and furnish and install new material.
The preferred wording would be to "remove" and "provide".
(13) "Provide" is defined as "furnish and
install." When material or equipment is "furnished" by the Agency directly or
under other contracts for installation by the Contractor, the term, "install"
should be used; however, the Contractor may be required to "provide"
foundations, fastenings, and the like, for the installation. If the word
"install" is used alone, the Bidder or Contractor has a right to assume, on the
basis of the definition cited, that the Agency will "furnish" the materials in
question.
(14) Do not include
equipment schedules in the specifications. Equipment schedules should be
provided on the plans for quick access and review. The construction record
prints are often used by the building maintenance and operation personnel on a
daily basis. Having the equipment schedule information readily available on the
plans can save critical time and avoid confusion during an operational
emergency or repair.
(15) Ensure
that the plans and specifications do not contain statements or requirements
similar to the following: "[Contractor][Supplier][Installer] must have a
minimum of X-years of experience in [installation][manufacture] of the
specified [project][product] or must have [office][facilities] located within
X-miles of the project site." These types of statements can be construed to
unfairly limit competition in the procurement of State funded projects by
unnecessarily excluding some Arkansas providers and can result in bid protest
which may result in lengthy delays in award of the project or rejection of all
bids and necessitate re-bidding and or redesign of the project. This
prohibition will not negate the use of LEED MR Credit 5 for regional materials
as this credit allows materials or products that have been extracted, harvested
or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles of the project site.
This range encompasses the entire state of Arkansas regardless of project
locations so no Arkansas manufacturer or provider will be excluded by this
requirement.
2-904 DRAWING STANDARDS
(A) The following represents the minimum
requirements, standards, and expectations applicable to all drawings prepared
for bidding and construction on state projects. Refer to §
2 -1504 for a description of the
contents of each discipline submittal. Note that not every category will be
used on every project. The Design Professional shall select the appropriate
categories for each specific project.
(B) Arrangement of Drawings: Drawings shall
be arranged in the following order with the discipline identifying character
shown:
T Title Sheet & Index
TS Topographical Surveys & Plot Plan Drawings
B Boring Logs & Soils Data
D Demolition Drawings
C Civil Site Drawings
L Landscaping Drawings
FA Fire Service Access Drawings
A Architectural Drawings
K Kitchen Equipment Drawings
S Structural Drawings
M Mechanical (HVAC) Drawings
FP Fire Protection Drawings (Sprinkler Systems)
P Plumbing Drawings
E Electrical Drawings
* Special Category Drawings (Assigned by the Section)
* For special categories such as laboratory case work, acoustical
plans, audio-visual plans, and the like, that do not readily fit into the
defined categories; contact ABA for a drawing category assignment.
(C) Drawing Numbers: Drawings
shall be sequenced by discipline letter and number, i.e., A1, A2,
A3.1, A3.2, S1, S2, and the like. For large
projects (exceeding
2 0 sheets) the Section
recommends the designer use a flexible numbering system such as A1.01,
A1.02 for plans, A2.01, A2.02
for sections, and the like. This will allow Designer to insert additional
drawings as the project develops without requiring a re-numbering of
sheets.
(D) Sizes of Drawing
Sheets: Drawing sheet size, except in special cases approved by the Section,
shall be 2 4" by
3 6" (preferred) or,
alternatively,
3 0" by 42". Drawings shall be prepared
so as to be suitable for microfilming and for making clear, legible half-size
reproductions.
(E) Lettering:
Unnecessary letter embellishments, poor spacing, careless lettering, weak
lines, and lettering which is crowded or too small result in illegible films
and poor reproductions. The minimum height for hand lettering on all projects
shall be 1/8". Mechanical (typed or CADD) lettering shall be 1/10" minimum and
in all caps. Make minimum gap between lines equal to one-half the letter
height. Lettering and line weight must be in accordance with classical drafting
practices.
(F) Detail Numbers: Each
plan view, section view or detail shall be given an individual detail number to
facilitate written and verbal communication.
(G) Scales: An indication of the scale of the
object drawn shall be located directly under the title of each plan, elevation,
section, detail, and the like. (Example: Scale 1/8"=1'0"). All floor plans
shall be drawn at a minimum scale of 1/8" = 1'-0". The use of a smaller scale
for floor plans must be approved in writing by the Section prior to the first
submittal. Avoid odd size scales such as
3/3
2" = 1'-0" as these scales often lead to takeoff errors. In addition to the
standard inch/foot scale, provide a graphic bar scale that can be used for the
approximation of dimensions on reduced size plan sets. Use break lines and
match lines for larger building plans. For sheets with one plan such as a floor
plan or site plan, the title should be located centered under the main part of
the plan or at the lower right-hand corner of the sheet. The north arrow should
be located at the right side of the title.
(H) Provide a master listing of all
applicable abbreviations and symbols used in the set of drawings or provide a
listing of all common abbreviations and symbols at the beginning of the
drawings and provide a listing of the discipline specific abbreviations and
symbols at the beginning of each discipline. For complex piping schematics,
electrical riser diagrams of special system layouts, the designer is encouraged
to provide an abbreviated legend of symbols on those specific sheets to
minimize the need to flip sheets to find critical symbols.
(I) Topographic and civil site drawings shall
conform to the approved site plan and shall show building location by
dimensions, existing and approximate new finished grades, roads & walks,
temporary & permanent erosion and sediment control devices, and storm-water
management facilities.
(J) Boring
logs representing soil conditions encountered in the site investigation
including pertinent logs from previous explorations in the project location
should be presented in the project manual for informational purposes. Logs
shall show the ground elevation, the depths of borings, depths and
classifications/descriptions of materials encountered, blow counts per ASTM
D-1586, ground water elevation, and other pertinent information. Boring
locations relative to the project shall be shown on a small-scale location plan
or on the Site Plan.
(K) Building
Floor Plan drawings for all disciplines shall be oriented the same to avoid
confusion and to facilitate overlaying of drawings. It is customary for a
building plan to be oriented with north toward the top or left edge of the
sheet. All plans shall have a North Arrow for orientation. For projects where
the plan is divided and shown on multiple sheets, provide a key plan on each
plan sheet and crosshatch or shade the area of the key plan shown on the sheet.
Provide clearly defined match lines and reference the sheet where the match can
be found. Avoid showing construction information across the match lines as this
can lead to confusion and duplication of material counts.
(L) The drawings shall describe/show the Work
to be provided by the Contractor. Existing features, structures, or
improvements to remain shall be so noted. Existing features, structures, or
improvements to be demolished and/or removed shall be clearly identified. Work,
improvements, demolition or construction, which the Agency will perform or have
performed by separate contract, shall be identified as "Not in Contract" or
"NIC" if the abbreviation has been defined. Do not use the phrase "Work by
Others".
(M) All foundation and
floor plans shall be drawn to a scale not less than 1/8"=1'-0" with all
necessary dimensions shown. Roof plans are preferred at 1/8=1'-0" scale;
however, roofs without mechanical equipment and metal/shingled pitched roofs
may be drawn at a 1/16"=1'-0" scale if approved in writing by the Section prior
to the first submittal to the Agency. Foundation, floor and roof plans shall
show all permanent equipment vents, utilities or pipe penetrations, openings
and such items affecting the construction. All plans shall be provided with
column numbers or grid numbers to facilitate written and verbal communication
describing the location of specific information on the plan.
(N) Design live load capacity for all floors
and the roof in pounds per square foot shall be noted on structural floor
plans.
(O) Every floor plan or
partial plan or space shall be provided with a unique room number and/or name.
All schedules shall reference the specific room number to which the schedule
applies. Reflected ceiling plans shall show room numbers, locations of lights,
HVACR items, sprinkler heads, speakers, smoke detectors, and the
like.
(P) Enlarged plans to 1/4"
scale shall be furnished to clearly show the location and arrangement of
built-in equipment/casework and of the furniture, fixtures, equipment, and the
like, which influence the location of utilities, including electrical,
plumbing, heating, and the like, and the assignment of space within the
project.
(Q) A minimum of one
transverse and one longitudinal section through the building shall be shown
along with as many additional sections as are needed for understanding the
overall construction requirements. Include necessary dimensions on each. All
elevations shall be drawn to scale at not less than 1/8" equals
1'-0".
(R) Typical wall sections
shall be drawn at not less than
3/4"=1'-0" scale. Typical
window, door and special opening details shall be drawn at 1-1/2"=1'-0" scale or
larger.
(S) Provide stair sections
for each stair configuration including dimensions, sizes, framing members,
components, and any special details required.
(T) Provide all necessary interior and
exterior details, including special doors, windows, woodwork, paneling or other
decorative work, toilets and washrooms, and the like, with plans and elevations
at a minimum scale of 1/4"=1'-0" and with construction details at a minimum of
3/4"=1'-0".
(U) Door schedules
shall include door number, label or type, size, material, frame, lintel, and
remarks. Also provide elevation and detail references. Window schedules shall
include make or type, size, material, and lintel remarks. Also provide
elevations and details, if required for complete description. Finish schedules
shall include space or room number, space name, floor finish, wall type/finish,
ceiling type/finish, ceiling height, base, wainscot, remarks, and other
comments, if required.
(V) Provide
an enlarged plan view of each unique mechanical, electrical or equipment room.
Equipment room plans shall be drawn at 1/4"=1'-0" scale minimum. Provide a
minimum of one section through each equipment room drawn at 1/4 = 1'-0" minimum
to clarify the height of, equipment, ductwork, piping and the like. Provide one
(1) longitudinal section and one transverse section through the building
(minimum) to show mechanical and electrical work with relation to the work by
other disciplines. Provide other partial sections as required to clearly
explain the scope of the work and to describe the restrictions at congested
areas.
(W) Relation of Drawings and
Specifications: Drawings generally indicate the scope of work, locations,
relationships, and dimensions while specifications generally indicate quality,
performance and installation requirements. Drawings and specifications shall
supplement each other and must not conflict. Terminology used in specifications
and drawings should be the same. For State projects, the drawings and
specifications are considered complimentary of each other and neither shall
take precedence over the other. Where conflicts arise between the drawings and
specifications, the more stringent requirement shall apply.
(X) Since the final plan review drawing
submittals are, in the opinion of the Design Professional, complete and ready
for bid, all drawings submitted for final review shall bear the Arkansas
registration seal and signature of the individual or individuals responsible
for its design (and corporate seals where applicable). To prevent incomplete
drawings from being mistaken as construction drawings, the Design Professional
shall over stamp the seal with either "Preliminary" or "Not for Construction"
or "For Review Only". To facilitate proper review by the Section, the name and
registration numbers on the seal should be visible and legible.
(Y) All drawings and the specifications
submitted with the final plan review responses and issued for bid or
construction shall be dated with the same date which is established by the
Design Professional as the date the documents are (or will be) complete.
Documents printed for bidding shall bear the date described above with no
revision numbers or dates. In accordance with Architectural Act and the
Engineering Act, the Design Professional shall sign and date the
stamp.
2-905 QUALITY
CONTROL
(A) The Design Professional shall be
responsible for the professional and technical accuracy and coordination of all
designs, drawings, specifications, cost estimates and other work or materials
furnished under the standard professional services contract.
(B) The Design Professional shall perform a
Quality Control review of the specifications and drawings prior to making a
plan review submittal to the Agency. The Design Professional shall ensure that
the plans and specifications being submitted for review meet the MSC submittal
requirements and that all elements of the design have been coordinated with
respect to function and location. It is not the responsibility of the Agency,
ABA, or the Contractor to ensure that the plans have been coordinated from
sheet to sheet and discipline to discipline.
(C) The cover sheet of all plans and
specifications submitted for review to the Section shall contain the following
statement signed by the responsible Design Professional who is a Principal in
the firm. Failure to perform proper coordination or to include and sign this
statement may be grounds for rejection of the submittal without review. This
statement may be removed from the cover sheet prior to issuing the plans for
bids:
" A Quality Control check, including the appropriate coordination
among disciplines, has been made on this project's documents, and corrections
related to this check have been made. The undersigned principal/owner states
that these plans and specifications as submitted for review are, to the best of
his or her knowledge and ability, complete and ready for review."
Signed _________________________ Date _____________
(name and title)
(This statement need not appear on sets of documents issued to
bidders)
2-1000
ACCESSIBILITY FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES STANDARDS
(A) Purpose: The requirements in this
standard are intended to make buildings and facilities accessible to and usable
by, individuals with disabilities such as but not limited to; the inability to
walk, difficulty walking, reliance on walking aids, blindness and visual
impairment, deafness and hearing impairment, coordination, reaching and
manipulation disabilities, lack of stamina, difficulty interpreting and
reacting to sensory information, and extremes of physical size. Accessibility
and usability allow individuals with disabilities to access, enter, and use a
building or facility.
(B) This
standard provides guidance for design and specifications for constructed
elements that make spaces accessible.
(C) This standard can be applied to the
design and construction of new buildings and facilities, renovations,
alterations and rehabilitation of existing buildings and facilities and is
applicable to permanent construction as well as temporary construction and
emergency conditions.
(D) Ark. Code
Ann. §
6-20-1407(e)
authorizes the Section to review and approve construction documents for new
public school facilities for compliance with this standard prior to bidding or
construction. Construction documents submitted for review shall comply with
these standards.
2-1001
REVIEW AUTHORITY
(A) The Section is
responsible for the review of accessibility standards and criteria for capital
improvement projects of those state agencies under its jurisdiction and for
public school new construction projects. (See Ark. Code Ann. §
6-20-1407(e)).
2-1002 ACTS, CODES
AND STANDARDS
(A) There are numerous codes
and standards which address accessibility issue in the constructed environment.
The most common are the 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design which is the
current standards adopted by the U.S Department of Justice(USDOJ), ANSI A117.1
Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities which is the
standard adopted by the Arkansas State Fire Marshall through the Arkansas Fire
Prevention Code (AFPC), the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS)
which applies to certain projects funded partially or fully with Federal funds,
and the Fair Housing Accessibility Guidelines adopted by the U.S. Department of
Housing and Urban Development (HUD) just to name a few.
(B) Since one or more of these standard may
apply to a particular project (i.e. the ADA Standard and AFPC will apply to
most projects subject to ABA review), the design professional should gain
familiarity with the standards that apply to their specific project prior to
submitting for review. When competing standards have differing requirements on
a particular project, the most stringent requirement (the one providing the
most accessibility) must be met.
(C) In certain projects, the use of a design
guide other than the ADA Standard or the AFPC may be warranted or mandated by
the funding source. Several of the standard accessibility guide documents are
considered "Safe Harbor Documents" by the enforcement authority of other
document review agencies. When the design professional prepares construction
plans using one of the "safe harbor documents" he should include a note on the
coversheet or the accessibility details sheet stating which guideline documents
were used in the preparation of the plans and specifications.
(D) Copies of the Standards for Accessible
Design, Code of Federal Register (Federal law pertaining to ADA) and technical
guideline bulletins published by the US Department of Justice and the Access
Board may be obtained at the following website
www.ada.gov or by calling the US Department of
Justice ADA Information line at (800) 514-03
01 voice or (800) 514-0383 TDD.
(E)
Furthermore, copies of the American with Disabilities Act of 1990 are available
in the following alternate formats: large print, Braille, electronic file on
computer disk, and audiotape. Copies may be obtained from Architectural and
Transportation Barriers Compliance Board at (2
02) -2
72 -543
4 (Voice) or (2 02)-272-5 449 (TTY). These telephone
numbers are not toll-free numbers. For toll free ADA information call 1-800-872
-2253. For email access, refer to
TA@access-board.gov. The ACT addresses program requirements and defines the
situations for which accessibility must be provided. The ADA Standards provide
scoping and technical requirements that define the method or manner in which
the constructed environment must be built to provide program access. The limits
of ABA's review is to the constructed environment as governed under the Act and
as defined in the current enforceable ADA Standards. It is within this
parameter that the Section reviews are limited to the technical requirement of
the scoping provided in the submitted construction documents. The Section does
not provide commentary on the scoping or program requirements for the agency's
facilities. ABA review will be limited to the technical requirements for the
scoping provided in the construction documents presented for review.
2-1003 OWNER/AGENCY
RESPONSIBILITIES
Owners are responsible for ensuring all facilities are in
compliance with accessibility acts, laws and codes. Owners should evaluate
facilities for the minimum scoping requirements, such as minimum number and
types of accessible parking spaces on a campus and the like, to ensure
compliance with the ADA and ADA Standards. These evaluations should be reviewed
when contemplating future capital improvement projects.
2-1004 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL
REQUIREMENTS
(A) Unless the project has been
approved under the Delivery Method, a full set of plans and specifications
should be submitted to the Section for review when the documents are 100%
complete. A full set of documents is required for plan review and
record.
(B) Plans submitted for
Agency and ABA review should clearly define the elements and features required
to be accessible. Partial plans, section views, elevations and details shall be
provided at a scale large enough to show all applicable clearance and mounting
heights and dimensions for each unique accessible feature. The drawings shall
include but not be limited to the following:
(1) Provide a plan view of the building
showing the intended accessible path into the building and to each accessible
space or clearly describe the accessible path with a general or keyed note on
the plan. Incorporating the accessible path by arrows, shading or other
identifiers on the life safety plan is an acceptable method.
(2) Where parking is a part of the project,
define the accessible path from the designated parking into the
building.
(3) Where multiple
buildings are included in the scope of the project show the accessible path
between buildings.
(4) Where
construction of a public transit stop such as a bus or trolley stop is included
in the scope of the project or is existing on the developed site, define the
accessible path between the stop and the project facilities.
(5) A detail sheet (or sheets) should be
provided with the standard accessible elements shown and dimensioned and the
plans should be cross referenced to the appropriate details. Referencing the
ADA Standard is not a substitute for proper and accurate dimensions or
specifications. Specific information on the drawing is required for the
construction phase.
(6) Technical
specifications shall clearly require that accessible components such as door
hardware, furniture and fixtures be manufactured to meet accessibility
standards and installed in accordance with the standards and manufacturer's
recommendations. Components requiring adjustment to pressure thresholds of the
standards shall clearly specify the minimum and maximum allowable limits as
required by the standards.
(7)
Field construction techniques and issues often arise that can cause a designed
accessible element to be built out of compliance. Field verification during the
construction phase by the design professional, building inspectors, and the
building owner are essential to ensuring that non-compliant issues are
identified early and corrected before the project is completed. Plans and
specifications shall have sufficient details and dimensions to allow proper
verification during and after construction.
2-1100 GRADING STANDARDS
To promote good drainage, ease of maintenance and ease of travel
in and around state facilities, the minimum slopes or grades shall be
established. Where existing natural grades prohibit re-grading to these
standards without excessive cut or fill, obtain approval of the Section prior
to the schematic design submittal.
2-1101 STANDARDS FOR GRADING AROUND
STRUCTURES
CONDITIONS
|
MAXIMUM
|
MINIMUM
|
PREFERRED
|
Side slopes with vehicular access
|
10% 10:1
|
2.0% 50:1
|
1-3 %
|
Back slopes with vehicle access
|
15% 6.6:1
|
2.0% 50:1
|
1-5%
|
Side slopes without vehicular access
|
15% 6.6:1
|
2.0% 50:1
|
1-10%
|
Back slopes without vehicular access
|
20% 5:1
|
2.0% 50:1
|
1-10%
|
Grassed athletic fields
|
2% 50:1
|
0.5% 200:1
|
1%
|
Berms and mounds
|
20% 5:1
|
5.0% 20:1
|
10%
|
Mowed slopes
|
25% 4:1
|
---- ----
|
20%
|
Unmowed grass banks
|
Soils natural
|
angle of repose
|
25%
|
Planted slopes and beds
|
10% 10:1
|
0.5% 200:1
|
3 -5%
|
2-1102
STANDARDS FOR GRADING STREETS AND WAYS
CONDITIONS
|
MAXIMUM
|
MINIMUM
|
PREFERRED
|
Crown of improved streets
|
3 %
33:1
|
1% 100:1
|
2%
|
Crown of unimproved streets
|
3 %
33:1
|
2% 50:1
|
2.5%
|
Side slopes on walls
|
4% 25:1
|
1% 100:1
|
1-2%
|
Tree lawns
|
20% 5:1
|
1% 100:1
|
2-3 %
|
Slope of shoulders
|
15% 6.6:1
|
1% 100:1
|
2-3 %
|
Longitudinal slope of streets
|
20% 5:1
|
0.5% 200:1
|
1-10%
|
Longitudinal slope of driveways
|
20% 5:1
|
0.5% 200:1
|
1-10%
|
Longitudinal slope of parking areas
|
5% 20:1
|
0.5% 200:1
|
1- 5%
|
Longitudinal slope of sidewalks
|
5% 20:1
|
0.5% 200:1
|
1-5%
|
Longitudinal slope of valley section
|
5% 20:1
|
0.5% 200:1
|
2-3 %
|
Note: Refer to § 2-1000 for grading requirements to meet ADA
Guidelines.
2-1103
STANDARDS FOR DRAINAGE CHANNELS
CONDITIONS
|
MAXIMUM
|
MINIMUM
|
PREFERRED
|
Swale side slopes
|
10% 10 1
|
1% 100 1
|
2%
|
Longitudinal slope of swales-grass invert
|
8% 12 1
|
1% 100 1
|
2%
|
Longitudinal slope of swales-paved invert
|
12% 83 1
|
0 5% 200 1
|
5%
|
Ditch side slope-grass invert
|
8% 12 1
|
1% 100 1
|
3 %
|
Ditch side slope-paved invert
|
10% 10 1
|
_ _
|
6%
|
2-1200
ROOFING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
These Minimum Roofing Systems Requirements are to provide design
professionals and State personnel with functional, working guidelines to aid in
the determination of the required roofing systems and specifications. A proper
understanding of the roofing industry, methods of construction, application,
workmanship, and its inherent problems and pitfalls is necessary in order to
design a proper roof system.
2-1201 DETERMINATION OF THE PROPER ROOF
SYSTEM
(A) In designing and specifying the
proper roof system for a new building, the following should be considered:
(1) Type of building refers to a state owned
or leased property (library, office buildings, campus buildings, the like.)
under ABA oversight.
(2) Special
considerations refer to what goes on in the building. For example, will there
be a pool, a unique use inside the structure? The uses of the building will
determine roof traffic, surfacing, need for a vapor retarder sheet and
insulation ("R" value) requirements.
(3
) External considerations include high winds, snowfall, rains and
their concentrations, and outside contaminating processes.
(4) Life of the building determines how long
it will be expected to last.
(5)
Building and Regulatory Codes refer to Underwriters Laboratories, Factory
Mutual, and the various applicable local, state and national codes.
(6) Structural considerations mean that the
roofing system must work with the other building components. For example, are
the edges of the roof deck flush or are there parapets. Dimensions of the
building and shape of the roof deck will determine the need for expansion
joints. Any protrusion through the roof will require flashing
materials.
(B) The
Roofing System as specified should be a complete and compatible system. The
system should be manufactured by a manufacturer doing business in this region
of the United States. The design professional shall investigate the need for,
and specify all roofing components needed for a complete roof
assembly.
2-1202 STEEP
ROOFING
(A) Asphalt shingles on sloped roofs
shall be Class "A", fiberglass based, asphalt shingles with a recommended
25-year minimum limited warranty over felt underlayment installed as per
manufacturer's specifications minimum slope: 4 in 12. "Peel & stick"
self-adhered Ice and Water Shield synthetic underlayments are recommended along
the roof perimeter, valleys and penetrations.
(B) Wood shingles shall not be used on
buildings unless approved in writing by the Section. Any shingles used shall
carry the "B" classification as listed by the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
Minimum slope: 4 in 12.
(C) Metal
roofing systems on sloped roofs in excess of 1 in 12 slope (minimum: 2 in 12
(+) slope preferred) are acceptable when properly detailed and
specified.
2-1203
UNCONVENTIONAL ROOFING SYSTEMS
(A)
Unconventional roofing systems (roof systems other than Built-up, Modified
Bitumen, EPDM (Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer) or Single-Ply)) shall be
submitted for review to the Section, for approval on a case by case basis for
use on the roof of a State building under ABA oversight.
(B) Criteria for approval shall be:
(1) Acceptable material and method of
application;
(2) Ability of local
installers to apply the proposed roof system;
(3
) Ability of the State to obtain competitive bids on the proposed
roofing system;
(4) Proven track
record of the system and the manufacturer; and
(5) Roof warranty available from the
manufacturer for the particular installation.
2-1204 ROOF SYSTEM COMPONENTS
(A) Decking:
(1) The type of structural deck and the
complete roofing system to be used should be determined by the design
professional. Slope for drainage shall be achieved by structural means if
possible. If structural slope is not feasible, a lightweight concrete fill,
sloped perlite board, or tapered insulation board shall be specified.
(2) The structural deck must be designed to
provide an adequate "foundation" or base for the roofing system. In addition to
supporting all design loads, it must also be relatively smooth, free of humps,
depressions, offsets at joints, allow for expansion and contraction, and be
rigid enough to support the equipment and materials needed to apply the roof
system without undergoing excessive deflection or deformation, which could
impair the life of the roofing system.
(3
) Metal decks shall be fabricated from adequate gauge steel,
accurately aligned, securely anchored to structure below. Provide side lap
connections to prevent displacement between adjacent sheets. The design
professional shall inspect deck for any possible defects prior to the
installation of any insulation and roofing.
(4) On poured decks such as concrete, gypsum,
light weight insulating concrete, the like, adequate drying time for the
material shall be allotted prior to application of the roofing
membrane.
(5) Over low slope wood
decks, always specify a nailed down layer of sheathing, (5 lb. rosin paper), as
a separator sheet followed by felt underlayment and a layer(s) of insulation to
prevent problems with roofing such as nails backing out, expansion and
contraction, the like.
(B) Insulation:
(1) Insulation thickness shall be specified
by the design professional and be such that when combined with complete roof
and ceiling construction, shall have an overall heat transmission coefficient
to obtain a satisfactory "R" value meeting applicable energy use codes.
Insulation should have sufficient density and rigidity to span any flutes or
irregularities in the decking and support the weight of all anticipated traffic
on the roof without crushing or breaking down of the edges. The design
professional or consultants or both shall verify the insulation requirements
for each particular building and roofing system. Provide adequate ventilation
in the plenum spaces to prevent moisture and condensation from damaging the
interior spaces of the building.
(2) All insulation shall be applied in two
(2) layers with all joints broken and staggered. All insulation boards shall be
installed in the same direction throughout, unless fields are separated by an
expansion joint. Butt edges of insulation tightly and cut in neatly around all
roof penetrations.
(3) Insulation
shall be secured to deck using approved fasteners conforming to Factory Mutual
System, Class I construction for wind uplift protection unless otherwise
approved by the Section.
(C) Securement/Fasteners: All roof assemblies
for new construction shall meet or exceed specifications for Factory Mutual
System, Class I, construction in regard to wind uplift protection.
(D) Fire, wind, and code requirements: New
roof construction on buildings shall meet or exceed all applicable codes. In
addition, the roof assembly shall meet or exceed specifications for
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Class "A" construction and Factory Mutual
System, Class I construction, in regards to fire resistivity and wind uplift.
When re-roofing existing buildings, this may not always be possible, especially
when re-roofing over existing membranes. Submit plans and specifications to the
Section for approval.
(E) Vapor
Retarder Sheets:
(1) The design professional
shall investigate the need for, and specify as required, the proper vapor
retarder sheet and its applications. All buildings with high humidity (such as
swimming pools where moisture migration will be a problem) should be specified
with vapor retarders unless otherwise approved by the Section.
(2) The vapor retarder sheet shall be
installed over the roof deck prior to the installation of the insulation or
roof membrane or both. Seal all edges, punctures, and around all penetrations
through the roof to form an envelope enclosing the insulation.
(3) The vapor retarder application shall
meet all fire retardant requirements which building use requires. Refer to
applicable building codes for requirements. Determine proper attachment for
wind uplift protection from manufacturer's specifications.
(F) Venting Base Sheets are usually
heavy-coated base sheets with an embossed grid designed to channel current
moisture out of built-up and modified bitumen roof assemblies and prevent
blistering. Venting base sheets are primarily used on re-roofing applications
or to vent moisture out of poured gypsum or lightweight concrete decks.
Application is by spot mopping to existing membranes or mechanical attachment
to a nailable deck. In some instances, it is more desirable and economical to
use gypsum board or perlite "re-cover" boards in lieu of a separate venting
base sheet. Moisture release vents should always be specified in conjunction
with a venting base sheet. See § 2-1204 (G).
(G) Moisture release vents shall be installed
on all roof systems when required for certain type of poured decks and
re-roofing over existing membranes. Vents for bitumen roof systems shall be
only 'factory made' vents with spun aluminum housings designed to vent moisture
out, but not allow moisture back into the roofing system. 'Shop built' sheet
metal vents are not acceptable for use on buildings. Moisture release vents are
primarily designed to vent moisture from a roof system including insulation and
to reduce the possibility of blistering. To properly vent, holes should be cut
all the way down to the deck, or vapor retarder sheet where applicable,
according to the manufacturer's specifications.
(H) Membranes for Built-Up Roof Systems:
(1) Built-up roofing membranes for buildings
shall be asbestos-free felts with fiberglass and/or polyester
mats.
(I) Membranes for Modified Bitumen Roof
Systems:
(1) Membranes for Modified Bitumen
roofing shall be a minimum of an asbestos-free felt with fiberglass and/or
polyester mat overlaid with a modified bitumen cap sheet.
(J) Roof surfacing for Built Up and Modified
Bitumen Roof Systems:
(1) For APP (or Atactic
Polypropylene) Modified Bitumen and Built Up Roof Systems: An Energy Star®
approved fibrated aluminum roof coating (asbestos free) (A.S.T.M., D-2824, Type
III) applied in two (2) separate coats, at the rate of 1 1/2-2 gallons per 100
sq. ft., is the preferred roof coating for state-owned buildings. Aggregate
ballast is not recommend for built-up roofing with aluminum coating.
(2) For (or Styrene-Butadiene-Styrene)
Modified Bitumen Roof Systems: Ceramic Granules or Metal Clad "Veral"
(3) For Built-Up roofs, where aggregate
ballast is allowed by code: All aggregate surfacing shall be clean, dry,
rounded pea-gravel ranging in size from 1/4" to 3/8", applied as per
manufacturer's specifications for the particular installation. (400 pounds per
square, minimum is the typical application.) Light color aggregates are
preferable to aid in heat reflectivity.
(4) Asphalt and Emulsion coatings are not
recommended.
(K) Roof
Cants
(1) Roof cants shall be required at all
vertical projections including walls, equipment curbs, and the like on
bituminous roof systems. Cants shall be securely set in hot steep asphalt or
cold applied adhesives. Precautions should be taken to avoid bitumen drippage
where it can occur, such as steel decks. Provide a minimum face width of 4" to
provide a transition of the roofing felts from the horizontal to the vertical
face.
(L) Membrane
Flashing:
(1) All membrane roof flashing
shall be compatible with the manufacturer's installed system.
(2) Membrane roof flashing shall be provided
at all vertical projections, roof perimeters, curbs, parapets, walls, roof
penetrations and elsewhere as required, and should be properly designed and
carefully detailed to provide a watertight installation.
(3) All membrane flashing at vertical
surfaces shall extend a minimum of 6" above the top of the cant strip (10"
above the roof surface if a 4" cant is used) and 8" onto the roof surface from
the bottom edge of the cant. Do not hot mop the base flashing above the top of
the cant strip. Bituminous membrane flashing shall be set in hand rubbed
applications of industrial roof cement. The top edge of the membrane shall be
sealed and metal counterflashing provided for protection. Do not surface mop
base flashing of bituminous roof systems with hot asphalt.
(M) Metal Counterflashing:
(1) Metal counterflashing shall be provided
over all membrane flashing where it occurs at vertical projections, parapet
walls, equipment curbs, and the like.
(2
) A two-piece locking type counterflashing shall be used in all
masonry wall construction. The horizontal flashing part shall be laid in the
wall during construction at the proper height. The vertical face of the
counterflashing shall lock in place and be removable to facilitate maintenance
and re-roofing.
(3) The
counterflashing should be approximately 4" in height, have a hemmed edge and
turn out at the bottom to form a drip edge. The counterflashing should never
extend below the top edge of the cant.
(4) Refer to §2-1205(O) for the type,
gauge, and quality of sheet metal to be specified and used.
(5) Cast-in-place reglets are acceptable.
Specify only non-deteriorating type metal. Surface mounted extruded aluminum
anchor bars will be acceptable if no other method is feasible. Anchor bars
shall be fabricated of non-deteriorating type metal, of sufficient strength and
rigidity, have pre-punched, slotted holes for attachment, using heavy-duty
fasteners. (Note: Plastic anchor pins are not acceptable).
(N) Sheet Metal Components:
(1) All metal components of the roof assembly
shall be fabricated of a non-deteriorating metal free of dents, waves and
blemishes.
(2) 24-guage
pre-finished sheet metal or Mill finish aluminum of .032" thickness (minimum) shall be
the standard material used on buildings.
(3
) Other non-deteriorating metals such as copper and stainless
steel are acceptable.
(4) 24-gauge
pre-finished sheet metal or .040" thickness aluminum is recommended for
scuppers, guttering, down spouts and splash pans.
(O) Expansion Joints:
(1) Provide expansion joints in the roofing
system wherever structural expansion joints occur, wherever structural framing
or roof decks change direction or materials, and where roof areas dictate the
need for an expansion joint.
(2)
Provide additional expansion joints within the roofing system itself wherever
the roof perimeter is interrupted by either a projection into, or out of, the
major field of roofing to form an isolated segment of roofing at the same
elevation and as may be required by the dimensional stability of the several
components used.
(3) Curb type
expansion joints, in lieu of low profile type, are desirable for purposes of
maintenance and longevity. Treated
2 x's should be used of
sufficient height to install cant strips and membrane flashing of sufficient
height for a watertight installation.
(4) Consider using, warranty permitting,
metal expansion joint covers of .040" mill finish aluminum in lieu of neoprene
expansion joints for all roof and roof-to-wall expansion joint conditions on
state owned buildings. Hex-head fasteners shall only be used. Nails are
prohibited.
(P) Roof
Penetrations:
All roof penetrations shall be flashed as recommended by the
roofing membrane or metal panel manufacturer furnishing materials for the
particular installation and the recommendations of the National Roofing
Contractors Association, based on the best, current roofing practice.
(Q) Roof Drainage:
(1) All roof drains are to be located at the
low points of the roof deck. Areas drained should be limited so that no drain
exceeds 4" diameter. Locate drains so that all roof surfaces may be readily
drained (each side of expansion joints, and the like.). The roof drain itself
should be set a minimum of
3/4" below the roof surface.
Taper insulation in a
3 '0" diameter around
drains.
(2) Coordinate roof drain
placement with drainage slopes so as to stay within acceptable limits according
to manufacturer's recommendations. Install roof crickets between drains where
required to properly drain roof areas.
(3) Roof drains shall be interior where
possible in order to allow for future expansion of the building.
(4) Every roof shall have an appropriate
overflow scupper or emergency roof drain to prevent flooding or roof failure
should the roof drains become stopped up.
(R) Roof Protection Walk Pads:
(1) In most cases roof pads or walk boards
are not recommended on roof except in extreme high traffic conditions that may
include but are not limited to:
(a) Roof top
protection walk pads are only recommended on roofs where mechanical equipment,
flagpoles, penthouses, laboratory experiments, and the like, are located which
require periodic maintenance and protection from daily foot traffic.
(2) Walk pads should be neatly
laid out and designed in such a manner as to not impede roof
drainage.
(3) 12" X 24" is the
recommended size of the individual pieces of roof protection walk pads. Walk
pads shall comply with and be installed per roof membrane manufacture's
warranty requirements.
(4) Walk
pads should be installed prior to aggregate surfacing, or, if smooth surface
roof membranes, before the application of the coating.
(5) In many instances, simply adding an
extra layer of membrane for walk paths and roof protection is preferred.
2-1205
ROOFTOP MOUNTED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (Self-contained heating and/or cooling
package units and associated ductwork)
(A)
Mechanical equipment shall not be located on the roof unless contained in a
separate mechanical roof penthouse or submitted for approval in writing to the
Section prior to the first plan review. Refer to §2-408 regarding
unacceptable design configurations.
(B) In those instances where mechanical
equipment is approved to be located on the rooftop, due to the building budget
or design, the following guidelines should be followed:
(1) Rooftop equipment (defined here as
self-contained heating and/or cooling package units and associated ductwork),
which is elevated above a roof, shall be designed with adequate support and
clearance. The larger a piece of equipment is, the more clearance it will
require. Provide a minimum of 10" clearance above the finished roof surface and
additional clearance as required sufficient to maintain and re-roof the
building. Contact or refer to National Roofing Contractor's Association's "for
recommended minimum heights of equipment and support systems above the
roof.
(2) Rooftop equipment shall
be adequately supported and attached to the structural system of the
building.
(3) Provide vibration
isolation, as required.
(4) Legs of
equipment (of substantial size and weight) supports should be surrounded by a
pitch pan filled with 1" of fast setting gypsum cement and topped off with a
commercial Pitch Pan Sealer sloped to shed water. Lightweight equipment should
be set on water-resistant treated wood blocking and secured to the roof
structure (with metal straps) as needed for protection and safety.
(5) Protect pitch pans and pan sealants by
installing watertight aluminum or pre-finished sheet metal umbrellas with
drawbands attached to equipment support legs.
(6) Provide support for any piping or
lightweight equipment on the roofs. Piping or equipment shall be supported by
treated wood blocking set on an extra layer of loose membrane set in industrial
roof cement on the roof surface. Electrical conduit shall not be surface run on
the roof.
2-1206 MINIMUM ROOF SLOPES FOR POSITIVE ROOF
DRAINAGE
(A) All state facilities of new
construction shall be required to have roof surfaces, with a minimum slope of
1/4" per foot for positive drainage.
(B) Where possible, roof slopes shall be
accomplished structurally, in lieu of large amounts of tapered insulation fill
to reduce costs and weight on the structural system.
(C) Avoid excessive slopes (in excess of 1/2"
per foot) in built-up and modified bitumen roof assemblies which cause slippage
and bitumen run-offs. Use proper fasteners and bitumen for the slope of the
roof and the type of roof assembly.
(D) On re-roofing of existing facilities, the
roof slope may be reduced to 1/8" per foot. The existing roof should be
surveyed for areas which pond water. These areas should be leveled or filled as
required and practical for the type of substrate. Verify that equipment curbs,
counterflashing heights, and the like, are of sufficient height for re-flashing
after the installation of new tapered insulation and roof membrane.
2-1207 ROOF ACCESS REQUIREMENTS
(A) Roof access for inspection and periodic
maintenance shall be required on all buildings.
(B) A lockable, factory produced roof access
scuttle (minimum size 2'6" X 3'0") with an insulated curb and hinged door,
shall be located as directed by the owner's representative in a convenient
location such as a janitor's closet, mechanical equipment room, and the
like.
(C) A heavy duty metal ladder
(20" wide, minimum) shall be provided at all roof access scuttles. Bolt ladder
to floor, wall, and scuttle curbing. Ladders shall comply with current OSHA
requirements.
(D) Access to all
roof levels shall be provided. Utilize lockable type doors, windows (of
sufficient size), roof access scuttles or exterior mounted rungs or ladders to
provide access.
(E) When re-roofing
existing buildings, verify need for roof access and provide as needed.
Coordinate locations with the owner's representative.
2-1208 WORKMANSHIP/QUALITY CONTROL
(A) Installer's Qualifications: Installers
shall be recognized roofing contractors, specializing in the chosen system roof
application, skilled and experienced in the type roofing required. In addition,
installer shall be familiar with the specific requirements and methods needed
for proper performance and workmanship in accordance with recognized standards
of the industry and the manufacturer
(B) Pre-Installation Conference: A
pre-installation conference shall be held prior to installation of any roofing
and associated work on a state building. The pre-installation conference shall
be initiated by the design professional at the proper time with a minimum of
three (3) day notice for the following parties to attend:
(1) Installer's representative (roofing
sub-contractor).
(2) General
contractor's representative (where applicable).
(3) Mechanical contractor's representative
(where applicable).
(4) Electrical
contractor's representative (where applicable).
(5) Deck installer's representative (where
applicable).
(6) Testing services
representative (where applicable).
(7) Design Professional.
(8) ABA Construction Section
representative.
(9) Agency
representative or project coordinator.
(10) Physical plant or maintenance
representative.
(C)
Review the Following with All Concerned Representatives:
(1) Letter from manufacturer furnishing
roofing system/roof warranty, stating manufacturer has reviewed job
specifications and agrees to furnish warranty as specified.
(2) Project requirements, drawings,
specifications, construction details, and the like.
(3) Material submittals, manufacturer's
requirements for bonding (where applicable).
(4) Deck condition, installation (where
applicable).
(5) Storage of
materials.
(6) Installers' set-up
directions.
(7) Safety
considerations.
(8) Protection of
rooftop, building and grounds.
(9)
Scheduling of work.
(10) Roof
inspection, testing.
(11) Weather
limitations. Rejection of "phased" construction.
(12) Application of materials/building and
regulatory codes.
(13)
Clean-up.
(14) Project close-out. A
record shall be made by the design professional of the pre-installation
conference discussions, the decisions and agreements reached, and a copy of the
record shall be made available to each party attending
(D) Roofing Materials Delivery and Storage
Requirements Delivery:
(1) No materials are to
be delivered to the site prior to approval of the materials submittal, the
pre-installation conference, and the owner's representative's
approval.
(2) No materials are to
be delivered to the site without the proper arrangements for placement, storage
and protection from the weather.
(3) Agencies and their representatives are
instructed not to accept delivery or be responsible for acceptance.
(4) Deliver materials in manufacturer's
original containers, dry, undamaged, seals and labels intact.
(E) Sheet Material Storage:
(1) Storage of all sheet materials (roll
goods) and insulation shall be subject to the following requirements: If within
50 miles of contractor's warehouse: All sheet materials (roll goods),
insulation, and the like, shall be trucked to job daily from enclosed warehouse
storage.
(2) All other storage
shall conform to the following:
(a) Enclosed
trailer, vans, or truck storage on the project site.
(b) Canvas (no plastic sheeting is
acceptable) tarpaulins, with material on wooden pallets, 6" minimum above the
ground, secured by ropes, top and sides of all material protected from moisture
and rain.
(c) Bitumen may be stored
separate, adjacent to kettle location.
(F) Rejection of "Phased" Construction:
(1) The installer shall not "phase" the
application of the roofing system. The roof system components shall be applied
consecutively as recommended by the manufacturer (within the limits of a days
work, and be weather-tight so that in the event of inclement weather, no damage
will occur to the roof components or interior contents of the building.
"Phased" roof construction will be rejected by the owner's representative and
shall be removed and replaced by the installer.
(2) Final surfacing of aluminum coating,
where applicable, may be delayed until the roof membrane cap sheet has properly
weathered. Allow owner's representative time to inspect roof surfaces, all roof
surfaces shall be clean and dry for approximately 48 hours prior to application
of final surfacing.
(G)
Weather Condition Limitations:
(1) Proceed
with roofing and associated work only when weather conditions will permit
unrestricted use of materials and quality control of the work being installed,
complying with all requirements of the specifications and recommendations of
the roofing materials manufacturers, without "phased" construction.
(2) Proceed only when the installer is
willing to guarantee the work as required and without additional reservations
and restrictions. Record decisions or agreements to proceed with the work under
unfavorable weather conditions, and contact ABA, Construction Section. State
the reasons for proceeding and the names of the persons involved in the
decisions, along with changes (if any) in other requirements or terms of the
contract.
(H) Protection
and Clean-Up
(1) Rooftop Protection and Clean
Up
(a) Protect roof surfaces over which work
is to be performed.
(b) Exercise
care and caution that roofing materials placed on rooftop do not overload
structure, or damage decking or other roofing materials.
(c) Take care to prevent bitumen, aggregate
and debris from running into and clogging roof drains and rainwater conductors.
Remove trash and debris promptly.
(d) Schedule work in order not to track over
and damage newly installed roofing in place. If absolutely necessary to cross a
newly applied roof area, coordinate exact protection procedures with owner's
representative.
(e) The installers
shall be responsible for all damage to any related items to his trade and will
be responsible for the cleaning and repair or replacement of any such
items.
(2) Building
Protection and Clean-up:
(a) Properly and
efficiently protect building and work of other trades from damage by roofing
materials during the performance of the work.
(b) The installer shall protect building
walls and other surfaces from disfiguration by bitumen stains, runs or
spillage, etc. and the installer shall bear the labor and material costs for
repair of these surfaces from damage by the roofing installer's work.
(c) Protection of the building and its
interior contents is mandatory. The installing contractor shall submit a
written plan for providing this protection to the owner's representative for
approval. The installing contractor shall furnish plastic sheeting to protect
computers, word processors, printers, typewriters, and any other sensitive
equipment in the building.
(d) It
is suggested, and may be necessary, for the installing contractor to contract
with the Agency's designated employee(s) (custodial or physical plant) for
after hours clean-up and protection.
(3) Grounds Protection and Clean-up:
(a) Coordinate access, parking, storage of
materials and equipment on the grounds with the owner's representative
designated at the pre-installation conference.
(b) Protect the grounds, lawn, landscaping,
shrubbery, and the like, from abuse and damage during roofing work.
(c) Remove trash, debris, wrapping, and the
like, promptly and clean up daily around the job.
(d) The installer shall be responsible for
removing all equipment and surplus material from the grounds prior to final
acceptance of the work. Installer shall leave his portion of the work, as
specified, clean, and in complete order. Upon final completion, the ground
shall be cleaned of all trash, debris, gravel, bitumen, lumber, scraps, and the
like, and the grounds raked to conditions prior to roof work.
(I) Installer's
Guarantee
(1) Terms: Upon completion of all
work and as a condition of its acceptance, deliver to the owner a written
guarantee signed by the general contractor and the installing sub-contractor
agreeing to correct all leaks and defects in the roofing system work.
(2) Time Period: The time period for
correction of the roofing system work shall be two (2) years from the date of
final acceptance of the roof by the owner's representative and ABA. Sixty (60)
days before the end of the two-year period, review roof conditions of the site
with the owner and all parties concerned and correct all defects in conformance
with the original specifications
(3) Warranty Repairs: During the correction
of work period, the roofing installer shall, upon notice from the owner, make
immediate temporary repairs and notify the roofing materials manufacturer, a
report made, and, if covered by this guarantee or the roofing materials
manufacturer's guarantee, the roof shall be permanently restored to a
water-tight condition, at no cost to the owner.
(J) Manufacturer's Roof Warranty
(1) A Manufacturer's Warranty shall be
required on all re-roofing, new construction, and associated roof work on state
buildings unless the cost and size are very minor. General: Specified work
shall be guaranteed by the roofing materials manufacturer for a period as
specified (maximum term and maximum penal sum available) starting from date of
final acceptance by the owner, of the completed roofing system. The materials
manufacturer shall approve the roof warranty. Surety company bonds are not
acceptable. Submit one (1) copy of the roof warranty on manufacturer's standard
printed form to the Agency, upon acceptance of the roof.
(2) Specified work shall be inspected by
qualified representatives of the manufacturer during its installation and at
final completion, for conformance to manufacturer's warranty program. Minimum
follow-up inspections shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's
requirements and corresponding observations and reports provided to the
owner.
(K) Installer's
Warranty Signs
(1) Provide 10" X 12" minimum
size painted signs (quantity of signs as needed or specified) made of aluminum
with a light color background and letters of a contrasting color. Use paint
that is compatible with the aluminum. Make the sign to read as follows:
"DO NOT MAKE REPAIRS OR ALTERATIONS TO THIS ROOF" without the
written approval from the Agency's authorized representative. This roof is
maintained until (insert the date, month and year, two years after date of
final acceptance), by (insert contractor's name, address, and telephone
number).
(2) Permanently
post signs as directed by the owner's representative. Provide as least one (1)
sign on each roof of the building where new roof work occurs.
(L) Roof Inspections/Roof Cuts
(1) The design professional's specifications,
based on the manufacturer's recommended installation procedures, when approved
by the owner and ABA, will become the basis for inspecting and accepting or
rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work.
(2) Roof Inspections: Provide safe access to
the roof for proper inspection by the owner's representative. Notify the
roofing materials manufacturer whenever roofing work is to be done in
sufficient time to arrange all inspections necessary for bonding of the roof
system. Keep the owner's representative and Construction Section, informed of
the status of the project and schedule for completion.
(3) Roof Tests, Roof Cuts:
(a) Roof cuts will be made only when
considered absolutely necessary to determine compliance with
specifications.
(b) When necessary,
cut 4" X 42" test samples (to cut a total cross-section of all roof plies), of
installed roofing as directed by the owner's representative. Immediately repair
roof to conform to adjacent roof construction without cost to the
owner.
2-1300 FUNDAMENTAL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
These requirements apply to new construction and renovation
projects only. Existing conditions or systems are exempt these requirements.
Agencies are encouraged to upgrade existing systems to meet these requirements
as much as practical when equipment or system components are replaced.
2-1301 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
(A) Mechanical and Electrical systems should
be appropriate for the intended application regardless of the geographic
location in the state. Location should be considered from a standpoint of
availability of a competent service organization. Where critical replacement
parts cannot be delivered within 24 hours, consideration should be given to
inventorying these parts on-site. However, it is not the intent of a capital
improvement project to stock the Agency's supply shelves. Other sources of
funds are available for that purpose.
(B) Systems shall be capable of meeting the
intended operational parameters of the application year round without requiring
special seasonal reconfigurations. Controls should be clearly labeled and
described so as to allow the operator to manage the system with a minimum of
training. In all new system specifications, include a specific training time
and course outline for the contractor to provide to Agency personnel. It is
recommended that all training classes on the control systems and the system
operational concepts be supplemented with videotape information or with compact
disk interactive training aids. This data should be customized for the
particular application to avoid confusion and promote operational
awareness.
(C) New design concepts,
equipment and materials should be carefully evaluated before incorporating them
into a State project. While agencies are not discouraged from incorporating new
and innovative solutions to design problems, state projects should not be used
as the proving grounds for new concepts or ideas. Therefore, if an Agency
desires to try to new design concept or material, the Section may approve such
applications for the intent of observation to determine the suitability of such
applications for other projects. Agencies shall submit a written request for
approval to the State Engineer for use of such new concepts or materials. The
request shall include but not be limited to the following information:
(1) A detailed description of the application
or material.
(2) Backup literature
from the manufacturer or supplier.
(3) A discussion of how this application
differs from other applications utilizing conventional concepts or materials.
Include the unique features of each situation that have lead to selecting this
concept or material.
(4) A
discussion of the expected cost difference between the conventional systems and
the proposed systems.
(5) A
discussion of what benefits the Agency expects to achieve over the conventional
systems approach.
(6) A discussion
of how the Agency expects to monitor the application for verification of
expected results.
2-1302 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
(A) Air handing units, pumps, boilers and
other mechanical equipment requiring frequent inspection and service should be
located within the building or in separate buildings with interconnecting
chases or pipe tunnels. Equipment shall be located in rooms with ample space to
provide routine maintenance, component replacement, operation and inspection
without requiring demolition of the building structures or unnecessary climbing
or crawling by service technicians or mechanics. Equipment located outdoors
should be installed on the ground on solid foundations with concrete service
pads around the equipment.
(B) When
equipment must be installed on the roof, provide raised equipment platforms
that allow roof replacement and maintenance or full perimeter curb to eliminate
the need to re-roof under the equipment. Equipment shall be selected with water
tightness of the roofing system in mind. Equipment that is prone to allowing
leaks to penetrate the unit casing, interiors or connections during normal and
wind blown rain shall be avoided. Where equipment is mounted above the roof,
provide a service platform on the service access sides of the equipment.
Provide stairs that are integral to the platform to avoid the need for ladders
to gain access to the work platform. Conform to OSHA safety requirements with
regards to platforms, ladders, confined spaces and the like. When it is
absolutely necessary to have piping, conduits, ductwork, etc. across the roof,
specify "zero penetration support systems with non-rusting base supports to
distribute the equipment weight without damage to the roof membrane or
insulation. Ensure that the installed system will resist the design wind loads
without damage to the supported system or the roof.
(C) Air handling equipment should be
specified with access doors with view ports between each major section or
component to allow inspection of the operating equipment without requiring the
shutdown and opening of the unit. Provide internal lights with exterior mounted
pilot light switches on units exceeding ten (10) feet in width or height. For
package split-system equipment, provide a means to remove and clean the cooling
coils and heating coils without requiring complete dismantling of the
system.
(D) Mechanical air
conditioning system should be specified with the highest operating efficiency
permitted by the project budget while still allowing for competitive bidding.
Minimum acceptable seasonal energy efficiency ratio (SEER) shall be 12.0 and
minimum energy efficiency ration (EER) shall be 10.0 Indirect, gas-fired
heating equipment shall have a minimum annual fuel utilization efficiency
(AFUE) of 80%. Agencies are encouraged to require higher efficiencies
(E) The use of alternative energy sources for
both heating and cooling are encouraged. Agencies should consider the effects
of diversity and quantity aggregation on their ability to negotiate utility
rates and their ability to provide uninterrupted service at an affordable cost
to the State.
(F) Mechanical
systems shall meet the requirement of the Arkansas Energy Code, (ASHRAE
Standard 90.1 for energy efficiency) and the ASHRAE Standard 62 for indoor air
quality. Equipment shall be selected to meet these requirements without
requiring the equipment to operate outside of the manufacturer's recommended
performance envelope during the extremes of summer or winter. Operation of the
equipment during these extremes should not shorten the intended life of the
equipment or sub-components.
(G)
Mechanical system designs should be conducive to promoting good indoor air
quality. Air equipment subject to exposure to condensed moisture should be
constructed of materials that do not promote or support biological growth.
These surfaces should be sloped to a drain point that will readily remove the
moisture from the system. These surfaces should be easily accessible for
periodic inspection and cleaning. The remainder of the system should also be
readily accessible for inspection and cleaning. Filter selections in air
systems should consider not only the particle size to be arrested but also the
possibility of odor transmission through the system. Frequency and cost of
replacement media should be considered however, the cheapest filter media is
often the least desirable from an air quality standpoint and a frequency of
replacement standpoint. Unless otherwise specified by the Agency or dictated by
the specific application, all HVACR systems shall maintain the space
temperature and humidity within the bounds of the "comfort envelope" as defined
by the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook. This comfort envelope is generally
accepted as a region where the indoor temperature and humidity will be
acceptable to the majority of the occupants.
2-1303 PLUMBING SYSTEMS:
(A) Plumbing systems shall be designed
pursuant to all state and federal laws and regulations.
(B) Back-flow prevention shall be applied to
each project as required to protect the public water supply and the interior
building distribution systems from the potential for cross contamination from a
non-potable or contaminated source. Many building projects will require an
approved back-flow prevention device to be installed on the incoming water
service prior to the first connection tap. In addition, all connections to
mechanical systems or equipment shall be provided with an approved back-flow
prevention device at the connection to the equipment or at the point where the
dedicated piping system for makeup water begins. Back-flow devices shall be
installed in accessible locations and provided with an adequate drain
connection to allow proper operation and inspection.
(C) All fire sprinkler services and standpipe
systems shall be installed with an approved back-flow prevention
device.
(D) All lawn irrigation
systems, agricultural/aquatic operations and wash racks shall be provided with
an approved back-flow prevention device to protect the public water supply and
eliminate cross connection contamination within the facility.
(E) All heating water equipment shall be
selected for energy efficient operation. Gas fired heating equipment shall have
a minimum AFUE rating of 80%.
(F)
All plumbing fixtures shall be selected and installed in a manner that is
conducive to ease of cleaning of the fixture, support, and surrounding area.
Cleanliness promotes good indoor air quality and a healthier indoor
environment. System designs should not result in wet, damp or pooling water,
which can be a source of microbiological growth or promote the formation of
mold and mildew if left un-cleaned.
2-1304 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS:
(A) Electrical distribution systems shall be
designed to allow rapid comprehension of the basic system layout. Where
multiple voltages will occur within a space or structure, careful consideration
should be given to the layout, routing, labeling and color coding of conductors
and components to minimize potential injuries due to confusion of the various
systems.
(B) Where three-phase
power is available, utilize this power for larger motor loads.
(C) The use of copper conductors and copper
busses is recommended. Where aluminum conductors are to be considered, ABA
recommends that aluminum not be used on branch circuits below the distribution
panel level. ABA recommends that all terminations on aluminum conductors be
made with bolt-on or weld-on lugs only. Panel-board termination bars or lugs
utilized with aluminum conductors should be made of copper, cadmium or other
approved materials rated for use with aluminum or copper.
(D) Where buildings are provided with a
480/208/120 volt system, perform an economic analysis of the cost benefit of
277 volt lighting verses 120 volt lighting.
(E) Specify lighting fixtures, lamps and
ballast for energy efficiency and to minimize the amount of hazardous waste
that may be generated by the Agency during routine maintenance
replacement.
(F) Specify high
efficiency transformers when the transformer losses are included in the utility
metering. Utilize transformers that are operationally stable at the anticipated
operating conditions.
(G) Where
critical operations include electronic equipment or computers, utilize
transformers that minimize harmonic distortion or provide electrical isolation
of susceptible equipment or circuits. Provide neutral conductors sized for 200%
of the line conductor capacity.
(H)
Provide a minimum of 10% spare circuit capacity at each panel to allow future
growth. Provide a minimum of 25% growth capacity on wire management system for
each systems future growth.
(I)
Circuits serving critical loads or equipment should be provided with a minimum
ride through capability to allow continuous operation of the equipment or
component during nominal dips in power to 70% of RMS voltage and for momentary
outages of 1/2 cycle or less.
(J)
All new construction shall be evaluated for lightning risk hazard in accordance
with the procedures outline in NFPA 780.
2-1400 FUNDAMENTAL CABLING SYSTEMS
REQUIREMENTS
(A) The following sections
pertain to the planning, installation, maintenance and documentation of the
various new cabling systems of 90 volts or less in state owned
buildings.
(B) The development,
installation and management of cabling systems presents many unique problems
for building managers and operators. Agencies shall endeavor to ensure that
each system is properly designed and installed to minimize the potential for
problems to develop. Therefore, building operators and managers shall maintain
up to date documentation of each cabling system to allow proper maintenance,
identification of system components and coordination with other projects. When
systems are abandoned, the Agency shall require the obsolete cabling to be
removed from the premises.
(C)
Projects subject to the jurisdiction of the Arkansas Department of Information
Services (DIS) shall be coordinated with DIS at the earliest opportunity. The
Agency Project Coordinator shall notify DIS of the project. Comments or
requirements of DIS should be incorporated into the project design in a timely
manner. Copies of all comments or requirements shall be forwarded to the
Section with the plan review submittal. When DIS is responsible for providing
telephone or data services or for arranging the activation of these services,
agencies shall allow ample time in the construction project for this
coordination. Agencies shall promptly inform the Section and DIS of all changes
in the project scope and schedule to avoid delays.
2-1401 PLANNING REQUIREMENTS
(A) The following types of cabling projects
are not considered capital improvements and are not subject to this policy:
(1) Cabling between components of a system
which is routed exposed in the space and passes between components (i.e.
cabling between the computer and peripherals on the workstation).
(2) Cabling routed exposed in the space
between the system component and the network connection (i.e. the telephone or
computer on the workstation and the network outlet in the wall, floor, or
ceiling).
(3) Cabling routed
exposed in the space between system components for television, radio, and
satellite broadcast or audio/visual systems.
(B) All other cabling projects, including the
systems above when routed concealed or in conduit, are considered capital
improvements subject to State and Federal laws and regulations.
(C) All cabling projects contracted
independently or that are part of a larger project which exceed the amounts
established in Ark. Code Ann. §
22-9-101
shall have the plans and specifications prepared by a registered professional
engineer licensed to practice in Arkansas. Conversely, projects below the limit
set forth in Ark. Code Ann. §
22-9-101
requiring the involvement of a professional engineer; the plans and
specifications shall comply with all other provisions of the MSC. Nothing in
this policy shall prohibit agencies from utilizing the service of a competent
registered professional engineer for these smaller projects.
(D) Plans for cabling projects shall be drawn
to scale not less than 1/8" = 1'-0". Scaled drawings are necessary to allow for
proper quantity take-off and verification. The plans shall show the location of
the cable entry into the building, the location of the telecommunication room
or termination board for the cable entry. The plans shall show the routing of
the cabling between the termination board and the individual run out. Run outs
shall be grouped or bundled to minimum the congestion above ceilings, below
floor, or in other chase spaces. A single line may be used to graphically
represent multiple cables in a run. Designate the quantity or types of cables
in each run.
(E) Cabling systems
should be planned with flexibility and growth in mind. Systems should be
segregated and labeled to avoid confusion and accidental cross connection. Face
plates and jacks should be color coded to facilitate user connection of
equipment to the appropriate systems. In facilities where frequent
reorganization of spaces occur, the location of outlets should be reviewed to
ensure an adequate number of outlets are installed in each space to accommodate
minor reorganization without requiring a major re-cabling project.
2-1402 TELECOMMUNICATION ROOMS
(A) In new construction project or major
renovation project, provide at least one wiring room on each floor in each
building. Rooms should be located as near to the center of the floor as
practical. In multistory buildings, stack the telecommunication rooms above one
another to allow vertical wiring chases between floors.
(B) For very large buildings or buildings
where it is not practical to locate the rooms near the center of the floor,
provide 2 or more rooms per floor. Wiring rooms should be located such that the
length of cabling between the telecommunication room and the most remote outlet
face plate is no more 100 meters (330 feet), for data networks or the maximum
cable length recommended by the system manufacturer for other types of
systems.
(C) Telecommunication
rooms and cabling termination rooms shall be a minimum size of 8 feet by 12
feet (not just 96 square feet). For systems containing more than 100 faceplate
outlets, the minimum room size shall be
10 feet by 15 feet (not just 150
square feet). For projects containing multiple wiring systems, (i.e. data,
telephone, public address, security, and CATV.) the Agency shall review the
cable installation requirements and should increase the minimum size of the
room or provide separate wiring rooms for each system. When system terminations
can be consolidated into one room, the maintenance and management of these
systems is simplified.
(D) Many
cabling systems include components that require strict environmental controls.
Review these requirements and provide the appropriate air-conditioning and
power quality services. Many systems require redundant cooling or power, which
may necessitate additional capital cost during the installation. Review these
requirements and identify them during the planning stage.
(E) Recommend a minimum of eight (8)
electrical duplex outlets (2 on each wall) on isolated electrical circuits in
each room. These outlets should have isolated ground conductors and dedicated
neutral conductors. Isolated outlets should be color coded for positive
identification (i.e. orange). Recommend at least 4 general power duplex outlets
(1 on each wall) for power tools. These outlets should not be on the same panel
board or circuit as the electronic equipment in the room.
2-1403 CABLING STANDARDS
All cabling shall conform to the latest industry standards
applicable to the specific system at the time of installation. Cabling not
installed in a closed conduit system should be specified to be plenum rated
cabling regardless if the space is a return air plenum or not. This will
eliminate the need to replace the cabling system if the HVACR system is
renovated to a return plenum system. In addition, plenum rated cabling
generally develops less smoke and has a reduced flame spread in the event of a
fire thus improving the fire safety of the building.
2-1404 WIRE MANAGEMENT
(A) Efficient wire management can be achieved
with a properly planned wire management system. Cable trays or "J" hook systems
should be installed in all major corridors and hallways. For large projects
with multiple cabling systems, provide multiple cable trays, divided trays or
multiple hook systems to allow segregation of each cable system. Cable
management systems should be provided with a 25% growth capacity for each cable
system.
(B) Cable trays and hooks
shall be attached to building structural members or wall framing systems only.
Do not attach or support wire management systems from other building systems
such as HVACR, piping, conduit systems or ceiling support wires. Extend wire
management systems into the ceiling areas of all telecommunication rooms or
cable termination rooms. Cable trays should run the length of the room along
the center of the room. Where possible, extend conduit from the back box to the
corridor ceiling where the wire management system runs. Provide plastic bushing
at conduit termination to minimize damage to cable jacket.
(C) Provide pull boxes and long sweep elbows
in conduit systems to facilitate cable pulls. Pull boxes shall be at a maximum
spacing of 300 feet in outdoor conduits without bends. If one or more 90°
bends are included in a run, reduce the maximum spacing to 100 feet.
(D) Provide spare empty conduits with each
exterior run and with runs between floors or wiring rooms. Recommend a minimum
of two (2) four-inch conduits be provided as spares in new construction or
major renovations. Provide pull cords in each conduit to facilitate future
cable installation.
2-1405 IDENTIFICATION
(A) Each cable system shall be clearly
labeled as to the type of service the system provides. Agencies are encouraged
to develop a standard practice for labeling and identifying cabling both in
conduit and exposed. The following is one recommended scheme of color coding
cabling and conduit to facilitate quick recognition of various systems. Other
industry standard schemes are acceptable.
System Type
|
Color Code
|
(1) Data cables
|
Blue
|
(2) Data (fiber optics)
|
Orange
|
(3) Fire Alarm
|
Red
|
(4) Telephone (voice/fax/modem)
|
White
|
(5) Security
|
Yellow
|
(6) Sound, Paging, Music
|
Gray (with label)
|
(7) Access control
|
Black (with label)
|
(8) CCTV
|
Black (with label)
|
(9) CATV
|
Black (with label)
|
(10)Satellite
|
Black (with label)
|
(11)Building Automation Systems (BAS)
|
Black (with label)
|
(B) Pull
box and junction box cover plates inside buildings should be color-coded the
same as the system cable. The name of the system should also be labeled on the
cover (i.e. "CATV").
(C) Terminal
boards, punch down panels, and cabinets should be labeled as to system type. In
addition, clearly identify the point of demarcation between the building cable
system and the utility connection point. Include the name of the service
provider, phone number, contact person (if known) and the account number to
facilitate service calls and coordination.
(D) When empty non-metallic conduit systems
or systems containing fiber optic cable or other non-traceable cables are
installed below grade, provide a metallic tracer wire inside the conduit or
immediately above the conduit or a detectable trench tape to facilitate future
locating of the conduit.
(E) A
cable labeling system should be developed by the Agency to facilitate tracking
and trouble shooting after installation. As a minimum the cabling shall be
labeled on both ends and at junctions to identify where the cable originates
and where it ends.
2-1406 DOCUMENTATION
(A) Building managers/operators should
maintain a complete record of each cabling system. The record should include
the "As-Built" drawings, cable test/certification reports, system startup
records, catalog-cut sheets of cable and accessories, name of the installing
firm, phone number, and copies of all warranties.
(B) As-Built drawings should show routing on
scaled drawings. The route and identification number of each cable should be
clearly shown as well as the location of all wiring rooms, front end equipment
and demarcation points. Drawings should include riser diagrams or schematics to
facilitate rapid understanding of the system and trouble-shooting.
(C) Where continuity or performance testing
is required, the record documentation should include the specifications for the
test, the data points gathered during the test and the results of the test. All
problems identified during the test and all deviations from the specification
requirements should be clearly outlined and discussed in a summary at the front
of the report. Include copies of all certificates or letters of certification
in the front of the report.
(D)
Documentation should include the "approved submittal drawings", catalog cut
sheets, or shop drawings for all components. Submittals should be bound tab and
divided into discrete system components. Include the name of the installing
firm and phone number. Copies of warranties and guarantees should also be
included in the manual. The documentation should also include a listing of the
manufacturers recommended spare parts by name and product number.
2-1500 PLAN REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
The following guidelines pertain to the submittal of construction
documents to the Section for review. (See §2-410 for additional
responsibilities and duties of the Agency.)
2-1501 PLAN REVIEW AUTHORITY
(A) The Section reviews capital improvement
construction documents for compliance with the MSC during its normal review of
capital improvement projects. Such review does not relieve the Design
Professional from the responsibility for designing in accordance with state and
federal laws and regulations. While the Section endeavors to provide a thorough
review of the documents presented for review, the Section shall assume no
liability for the completeness, accuracy, or constructability of the documents
approved for bidding. The Section approval for bidding implies only that the
documents reviewed contain the minimum amount of information required to
achieve a reasonably accurate price for the actual value of the work
contemplated.
(B) While some code
reviews are performed under the terms of various Memoranda of Understandings
between ABA and the Agency or authority having jurisdiction, the review
provided by ABA does not relieve the Design Professional from the
responsibility for full compliance with these codes and good design
practices.
(C) The Section reserves
the right to reject a submittal for incompleteness, unacceptable design
configuration or failure to meet the requirements of the Arkansas Fire
Prevention Code or other applicable codes, rules, or standards, or if the
submittal lacks the detailing or information necessary for proper review and
bidding.
2-1502 PLAN
REVIEW SCHEDULE
(A) Plans shall be submitted
for review when the documents are 100% complete and considered ready for
bidding or construction. (Refer to § 2-201).
(B) Nothing in this policy shall prohibit an
Agency from requesting additional plan reviews at the schematic design and
design development phases of production. The Section will provide review
commentary to aide the Agency in assessing the appropriateness of the design
and to ensure the design process remains on track for timely completion. All
requests for additional reviews shall be submitted in writing to the Section
for approval.
(C) Design
Professionals may request a preliminary review of the project or portions
thereof to ensure that the design direction chosen will result in a review
submittal that will meet final review requirements. Request for such review
meetings shall be submitted in writing to the administrator of the Section and
shall include a brief description of the topics to be discussed
(D) The Agency shall schedule a minimum of
thirty (30) calendar days for the plan review process. If the submittal is
deemed to be incomplete, the review time will be stopped and the Agency Project
Coordinator will be notified in writing of the discrepancies and given an
opportunity to provide the additional information. The review time will
recommence upon receipt of the additional information in its
entirety.
(E) The Agency shall
respond to all ABA review comments in writing and shall submit one set of
corrected plans and specifications with the responses to the comments. ABA
shall review the responses and verify that all commentary has been
satisfactorily addressed. The Agency shall schedule a minimum of 5 working days
after receipt in the Section for this review. If additional commentary is
necessary, comments will be issued in writing and this process will be
repeated. If no additional comments requiring additional review are necessary,
the project will be released so that the bidding or contracting process can
begin.
2-1503 PLAN
REVIEW SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
(A) While
exceptions may occur, the following represents the minimum documentation
required for most capital improvement projects.
(B) Provide two (2) complete sets of all
submittal documents and correspondence. One copy shall be in paper form and one
copy shall be in electronic form. The electronic copy shall be submitted to the
Section in a readable format which is acceptable to the Section such as Adobe
Acrobat PDF format on one or more compact disks.
(C) Only documents that are considered 100%
complete shall be submitted for a review. These submittals shall be ready to
issue for bidding without requiring additional notes, details or other work. Do
not submit projects that are less than 100% complete. Plans and specifications
approved, as a final review should not require extensive or lengthy addenda to
complete or change the scope of work and should not result in excessive change
order requests due to uncoordinated documents or lack of information.
(D) The following documents shall be included
in the ABA Review Submittal.
(1) A completed
copy of the ABA Review Submittal Cover Sheet.
(2) Transmittal letter from the Agency
Project Coordinator indicating that the information contained in the submittal
package has been reviewed by the Agency, that the information complies with the
project program and the final cost estimate is within the Agency's project
budget as described in the certification of available funds or the Method of
Finance (MOF).
(3) One (1) copy of
the professional services contract containing the initial contract, attachments
and amendments. For projects executed under multiple-projects type contracts,
include a copy of the task order assignment, delivery order or letter of
assignment issued to the design professional for this assignment. If the design
professional was engaged under a purchase order (in lieu of a standard contract
form), submit a copy of the purchase order and attachments describing the
services to be provided.
(4) An
updated statement of the final estimated construction cost. Cost figures should
be broken down by Division and Section or sub-system components such as paving,
windows, millwork, painting, and the like, as required to determine an accurate
projection of cost. As a minimum provide a line item for each of the CSI
Divisions and for the General Conditions contained in Division 0.
(5) A copy of the Agency program provided to
the Design Professional along with any revisions and a copy of any pertinent
meeting notes reflecting a change in the scope of work since the first
submittal to the Agency. Include a copy of the funding source noting any
revisions since the first submittal.
(6) If a feasibility study or pre-design
study was performed, submit a copy of the ABA approval letter for each
study.
(7) Provide complete Project
Manual containing all appropriate CSI Division specifications including
Division 0 and the Invitation to Bid. Be advised that a separate submittal of
the Invitation to Bid, Division 0 and Division 1 specifications to the
Construction Section will be required upon approval of the plan review
submittal.
(8) Provide complete
drawings as shown under §2-1504. All drawings and the project manual shall
be stamped and signed by the appropriate Design Professional. Provide a
preliminary or Not-for-Construction over stamp of the Design Professionals
seal.
(9) Submit copies of approval
letters from all regulatory review agencies.
(10) If the project site will be located in a
floodplain, submit a copy of the permit application to development in the
floodplain in accordance with § 2-700 et. seq.
2-1504 PLAN REVIEW DRAWING
REQUIREMENTS
(A) Title Sheet (T1)
(1) Title of Project.
(2) Location of Project.
(3) Name of Agency.
(4) List of all design consultants, with
phone numbers and addresses.
(5)
Arkansas Fire Code Prevention Certification Statement.
(6) QC Review Statement
(7) ABA Agency Project Number
(8) Agency Project Number (if different than
ABA assigned number).
(9) State
Location Map
(10) Vicinity Maps of
City and Campus.
(11) Arkansas Fire
Prevention Code Analysis Data.
(a) Occupancy
Classification
(b) Minimum Occupant
Loads (c)Type of Construction
(d)
Allowable Height
(e) Allowable
Building per Floor
(f) Gross Floor
Area for Each Floor of all Buildings
(g) Net Floor Area for Each Assembly
Occupancy Classification
(h)
Horizontal Separation Distances
(i)
Exit and Access Corridor Protection Strategy
(j) Seismic Design Category
(k) Seismic Use Category
(12) Index of All Drawings in the Project.
(For large projects, the index of drawings and other information may be placed
on Sheet T2).
(B)
Topographical Surveys & Plot Plans (TS):
(1) Survey shall meet the Arkansas Minimum
Standards for Property Surveys and Plats". A registered land surveyor licensed
to practice in Arkansas shall stamp and sign these plans.
(2) Where required by the scope of the
project, provide a legal description of the subject property.
(3) Show property lines and surrounding
features affecting future development.
(4) Show the location of all known easements,
flood plan boundaries and other features that will limit or prohibit
development of the site. Note the elevation of the 100-year floodplain on the
plan and define the perimeter or extent of this elevation with a bold line.
(Recommend you shade or crosshatch a screened pattern within the boundaries of
the flood plan for clarity). Include a source data reference on the plan
identifying where the flood plan information was obtained.
(5) Show contour elevations at minimum of
5-foot intervals for undeveloped areas of the site and 1 foot or 2 foot
intervals within the project limits as necessary to accurately describe the
site terrain. Indicate the path and contour of all existing surface run off
drainage into and out of the site.
(6) Show the location of existing utility
lines, materials, and sizes and surface features. When underground utilities
are shown and could not be verified during the survey, provide a disclaimer
statement on the plan noting the source of the assumed information. When
information is derived from public utility records, include the location of the
record archive, a contact phone number and the plate or drawing record from
which the information was taken.
(7) Show the locations of existing buildings,
towers, tanks, wells, pads, old foundations, drives, lots and the
like.
(8) Show the location, size
and type of existing means of access to the site. Where bridges, trestles, or
other load limit or height limiting structures are located along the access
routes note the posted load limit or height restriction. Where height
restriction exist and are not posted (such as utility line crossings, and the
like, determine the minimum clear height under the structure at the center of
the road or access drive. Where gravel or paved roads are shown on the plans
identify these roads by their official name or designation number (i.e. Country
Road 69).
(9) Show location of
permanent monument markers on the site and the coordinate information
describing the monument location.
(10) Show location, size, and type of all
trees greater than 3 inches in diameter within the project limits. Show other
prominent trees or vegetation on the plan site that may affect the project
development. Where heavily wooded or bushy areas exist, define the approximate
profile of the perimeter of these areas and note as heavily wooded, wooded,
bushy, marsh, swamp or the like.
(11) Provide a north arrow and a plan scale
in a prominent location on the plan. The preferred location is the bottom
center of the plan sheet or the lower right-hand corner of the plan
sheet.
(C) Boring Logs
and Soils Data
(1) Provide a small-scale plan
of the site and building showing the location where samples were taken.
Distinguish between borings and test pits.
(2) Indicate the surface ground elevation,
the depths of each boring or test pit, and the blow counts per ASTM D-1586 at
each bore.
(3) Note the
classification/description of materials encountered. Indicate the ground water
level at each boring or pit. Note the general site conditions and recent
weather history if known (i.e. heavy rains in general area over the last month,
and the like.) Include other pertinent data.
(4) Provide a brief description of site
geology and subsurface conditions encountered.
(D) Demolition Drawings
(1) Show the location of all existing
elements that will affect the work or be used as a reference point.
(2) Clearly define elements that are to
remain after the demolition is complete. Coordinate the location of this
information with the new construction plans to avoid omissions or
errors.
(3) Clearly define the
beginning point and the ending point of the demolition work. Where possible,
provide a flag symbol indicating these points.
(4) Clearly state on the drawings how the
demolished materials are to be disposed. If materials or equipment are to be
retained by the owner, clearly identify these items and note where the removed
item is to be stored. Avoid using the phrase "Owner has the first right of
refusal on demolition materials." Coordinate this activity with the Owner prior
to issuing the plans.
(5) Clearly
indicate all temporary and permanent closures of penetrations in building
envelopes. Indicate temporary or permanent backfill requirements where
demolition opens the existing site or removes structures.
(6) Clearly note the size, location, and type
of material for piping systems, electrical systems, and the like, that will be
abandoned in place. Where possible in existing structures, require the
contractor to label piping, and the like, that is to be abandoned with the date
of the contract drawings i.e.: "Abandoned May 2000." Labels should appear on
both ends of the abandoned system.
(E) Civil Site Drawings
(1) If the project is to be constructed on a
newly acquired state property, provide a legal description prepared by an
Arkansas Registered Land Surveyor or refer to the description provided on the
Topographic Survey sheet if one is provided in the set of plans.
(2) Show the location of all adjacent
buildings, tanks, structures, towers, and the like in the vicinity of the
proposed building project. Show the location, size, and type of all trees
greater than 3-inches in diameter that may affect the construction or access to
the construction area.
(3) Show the
location of the boundary of the 100-year Flood Plain as it relates to the
project site. Show the elevation contour of the 100-year flood level. Lightly
shade or crosshatch the area within the flood plain boundary and clearly
indicate all new work within this area. Include a reference to the source of
the data.
(4) Show the location of
all known existing utilities and new utilities including the location of all
connection points. Where connection to existing utilities are governed by the
local utility company, provide the name and phone number of the local company.
Provide connection details, temporary flushing details, and details for
expansion and thrust blocking where applicable. Note that Arkansas One-Call is
to locate all underground utilities as required by the Ark. Code Ann. §
14-271-101 et
seq.
(5) Where roadways, driveways,
parking lots, sidewalks, and other paved areas are to be provided, show
locations of all control joints, constructing points, and expansion joints.
Provide details of joints, turndowns, and reinforcing. Provide cross-section
view of paving showing the sub-base and paving materials.
(6) Show existing grade contours as thin
dashed lines and new contours as heavy solid lines. Where extensive cut and
fill are required, show cut and fill cross-sections. Where roadways, driveways,
and parking lots are to be constructed, show cross-sections and profiles as
necessary to clearly define their construction. Where cut and fill are
required, show location of designated areas on the site for surplus or
stockpile materials. Show spot elevations at all critical control points and
construction points. Note the finished floor elevation of the first floor
located above grade. For buildings with basements or sub-levels, also include
the finished floor elevation for the lowest level.
(7) Show the location of all drainage
features on the site. For new construction, show the intended path of surface
runoff drainage. Indicate the direction of flow by placing arrows in the
direction of the flow. Where existing or new drainage structures occur, show
the inverts in and out of boxes, drop inlets, manholes, and the like. For long
runs of underground drainage piping provide plan and profile drawings
indicating the depth of the piping and structures, the slope of the system and
the cover depth above the system. Where the piping system material must change
as the piping passes under a road or drive or where the system extends above
grade to cross as low area or streambed, clearly indicate the change on the
profile and the plan view.
(F) Landscaping Drawings
(1) Show the location of all landscaping
beds, retaining walls, and water features. Include schedules showing the
planting types and sizes. Indicate planting season limits and watering
schedules.
(2) Show location and
type of irrigation system heads. Show the head spray pattern and radius. Show
the location of zone control valves, drain valves, and isolation valves. Show
the layout of the piping distribution system. Show location of the connection
to the public or private water supply and the approved backflow prevention
device. Show location of all control panels and transformers requiring power
above 24-volts. Show the location of the source power or refer to the
appropriate electrical drawing for the location of main power and
connections.
(3) For systems with
future extension or potential for future growth, show the location of all
sleeves under driveways, sidewalks, and lots as required to extend future
services without cutting and patching paving.
(4) Provide staking details for all trees and
shrubs that are not self-supporting. Provide installation details for each type
of irrigation head, zone valve and, backflow prevention device.
(G) Fire Services Access
(1) Show locations of all buildings and
structures around the project site.
(2) Show the location of all drives, roads,
parking lots and sidewalks large enough to allow passage for emergency service
vehicles.
(3) Show locations and
types of all fences or barricade structures around the site that may limit
access or impede evacuation in an emergency. Where gates are installed that
restrict access to the building or site, provide a "Knox Box" that is keyed to
the local fire department or emergency response service.
(4) Show the total square footage and number
of floors on the building plan. Show the type of construction as determined by
the Arkansas Fire Prevention Code.
(5) If specific areas of the site have been
designated as areas of assembly or refuge for the building occupants, show the
locations on the plans.
(6) Show
the approximate location of the building entrances and exits, the approximate
location of the following items if applicable.
(a) Fire alarm panel or fireman's service
panel.
(b) Main power disconnect
switch, or shunt power trip device.
(c) Area of rescue inside the
building.
(d) Fire stair
towers
(e) Elevator
shafts.
(7) Show
locations of all fire hydrants within 500 feet of any point on the building and
within the area covered by the plan view.
(8) Show the location of the fire department
connections, post indicator valves, and fire pump if applicable.
(H) Architectural Drawings
(1) Floor plan drawings shall be shown at a
scale no less than 1/8" = 1'-0". For large buildings, use match lines to
separate the building plan as required to fit this scale. For large buildings
requiring match lines, provide an overall composite plan at a scale smaller
than 1/8" to show the relationship of all areas to one another. Show the match
line locations on this plan and reference the 1/8" scale plan sheet number for
each area. Show the room name and number for each space. Show the detail marks,
elevation marks, and door and window marks referenced to the door and window
schedules. Provide legends, material notes and general notes as required to
describe the work.
(2) Provide
dimensional plans separate from the general floor plans as necessary to
describe and dimension the size and relationship of the space and features.
Dimensions may be shown on the general floor plans and enlarged plans provided
the sheets do not become so cluttered as to be illegible or difficult to
read.
(3) Provide larger-scale
drawings for toilet areas, elevator lobbies, entry lobbies, special use rooms,
and similar spaces where more intricate work is to be performed by the
contractor. Drawings shall be shown at a minimum scale of 1/4" =
1'-0".
(4) Provide exterior
elevations of all faces of the buildings. Elevations shall be shown at a scale
not less than 1/8" = 1'-0". Elevations should indicate the building materials
to be used, the texture of materials and the color of the finished surfaces.
Where accent bands or features are used, provide clarification of the size,
type and color. Show exterior features such as gutters, downspouts, railings,
screens, construction joints, expansion joints, masonry control joints, and the
like. Show locations of all building section cut lines, detail marks, and door
and window marks. Indicate the relationship between the finished floor and the
exterior grade. Show the floor to floor height by dimension. Dot in the
footings or foundation.
(5) Provide
at least one traverse section and one longitudinal section through each major
axis of the building. These sections may be shown at a scale of 1/8" = 1'-0".
Provide additional large-scale building and wall sections as required to
properly understand and construct the building. Building sections shall clearly
illustrate all building materials, sizes, spacing and attachment. Show all
through wall flashings, roof flashings, flashings at slabs, floor and the like.
Show the relationship between the floor slab and the footings or supporting
structure. Note the finished floor elevation for each floor and the elevations
of perimeter footings or upper floor supports. Show the relationship of the
finished floor to the exterior grade. Show the location of perimeter insulation
and foundation drainage systems. Indicate special feature details such as
ceiling heights, furr-downs, coffered-ceilings, skylights, and the like.
Provide details at each unique condition through the ceiling cavity where the
relationship between the ceiling height and the structural framing changes the
space available in the ceiling cavity for mechanical and electrical systems.
Show the location of the vapor barrier or air barrier in each exterior wall
section and roof section.
(6)
Provide large-scale details of unique construction features of the building.
Where special angle cuts are required on masonry materials, framing materials
or finish materials, provide details at a scale large enough to clearly define
the desired detail. Coordinate the plans with these details to ensure that the
contractor can determine where these special cuts occur. Where special patterns
are to be formed in the finish materials, provide large-scale plans, elevations
and details as necessary to describe the work. Provide large details of typical
construction elements as necessary to describe the building
construction.
(7) Provide door and
window details as required to describe the size, style and installation of each
unique door and window. Provide details showing the head, jamb and sill or
threshold condition for each door or window. Details shall be shown at a scale
large enough to show the framing and attachment requirements. Provide door
schedules and window schedules in a graphic format as required to define the
type, size, location, hardwood, finish, operation and accessories required for
each.
(8) Provide a room finish
schedule for each space in the building. Schedule should include the room
number, name, location, floor material and finish, base, wall material and
finish, ceiling cove, ceiling material and finish and any special trim or
features. Provide notes as required to adequately describe the finish
treatments desired. Provide references to the appropriate specification
sections where additional information can be found.
(9) Where built-in furniture, casework or
millwork is to be included in the construction project, provide large scale
plans, elevations, sections and construction details as required to describe
the size, construction, and finish of these elements. Provide detail reference
marks as required on the floor plans and the millwork plans as required to
accurately locate the details and the space where they apply. Built-in millwork
should be designed to be as simply to construct, as the function of the
millwork will permit. Where customized furniture is to be a part of the
construction contract provide the detailing necessary to construct the piece.
Clearly note all such pieces as "custom built' (i.e. "Custom Built
Desk").
(10) Provide reflected
ceiling plans for each floor (including floors with open structure). Drawing
shall indicate the types of ceiling materials, pattern of layout and changes in
elevations of the ceilings. Note the height above the finished floor for each
section of ceiling. Show the location of all ceiling mounted devices such as
light fixtures, air devices, access doors, speakers, sprinkler heads and
similar devices. These devices shall be coordinated with the various discipline
drawings to ensure that the contractor can install the sub-systems correctly. A
reflected ceiling plan is not a substitute for properly coordinated
plans.
(11) Provide a plan view of
the roof system at a scale not less than 1/8" = 1'-0" or the same as the floor
plan. Design Professional may request a waiver from this requirement for large
scale projects where needed. Show the size and location of all expansion
joints, roof drains, emergency roof drains, scuppers, overflow scuppers and
roof vents. Show the pitch or slope for each section of the roof. Indicate the
materials of construction and the color of the finish materials. Show the
access to all roof levels. For multi-story buildings with roof mounted
equipment requiring maintenance, provide at least 2 roof access points to
provide an alternate means of escape during an emergency. Where skylights or
clerestory glass is provided over atrium or high spaces, provide OSHA safety
cages or approved alternate protection to prevent maintenance personnel from
falling through the glazing. Where roof mounted equipment requiring maintenance
or inspection access, provide footpath walkways to minimize damage to the
primary roof membrane. Where absolutely necessary to have pipes, conduits, and
the like. across a roof, specify "zero penetration" portable suspended pipe
hangers with non-rusting base supports to distribute weight without damage to
the membrane. Provide details for all penetrations, joints, abutments, and
changes in materials or elevations. Details shall be drawn large enough to
clearly indicate the location of each layer of material, attachment and overlap
necessary to provide a proper seal, lap or flashing. The use of bold lines to
indicate ambiguous details without clearly showing the installation
requirements shall be prohibited. Refer to § 2-400 for additional
information.
(12) Provide a Life
Safety plan for each building. Show the location of all required fire exits.
Show the locations of all other exits meeting the requirements of a designated
fire exit. Show the locations of all rated partitions and the rating
requirements. Provide details of typical rated wall construction keyed to the
floor plans. Provide details for recommended penetrations and openings in rated
partitions. Show the location of the fireman service command center if
applicable.
(13) Provide all
information related to the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) accommodations
and access. Show where the ADA parking accommodations will be provided and
clearly design the routes of access and exit to the building. Show the location
of ADA facilities including ADA toilets, drinking fountains, vertical
transport, sleeping rooms, bathing facilities and the like on the plans.
Reference other architectural drawings as necessary to locate the construction
details and dimensioning. Provide details of all ADA required special features
such as handrails, door controllers, ramps, curb cuts and the like. Provide a
riser type detail showing the ADA mounting heights of counter tops, work
surfaces, thermostats, light switches, fire alarm devices, door handles, toilet
fixtures and other features included in the work to provide for a central point
of information regarding the heights of these elements. Do not merely refer to
ADA requirements or guidelines.
(14) Where modular furniture or movable
furniture will be a part of the contract, provide plans showing the specific
locations for each component by component name or model number. Provide legends
and schedules as necessary to adequately describe the components in the plan
view. Provide elevation views of modular workstations and furniture to allow
verification of functionality and to describe the scope of the work. Furniture
not provided as a part of the contract shall be clearly labeled as "Not in
Contract" (NIC) or as Owner furnished/Contractor installed.
(15) When seismic restraint of non-structural
elements is required by code, provide details of typical acceptable restraining
methods. Show locations of all restraints on the plans and cross reference the
appropriate details. Provide the basic design criteria for the restraining
system including the seismic zone/category in which the project is
located.
(I) Kitchen
Equipment Drawings
(1) Floor plan drawings
shall be shown at a scale no less than 1/8" = 1'- 0". Food preparation areas
and food service area plans shall be drawn at a minimum scale of 1/4" = 1' -
0". Plans should show the relationships for all fixed and movable furniture,
equipment and appliances. Provide area names to define the various function
areas in the food service drawings (i.e. preparation, cooking, baking, serving,
and the like.)
(2) Provide an
equipment schedule that identifies each piece of equipment's function, power
and utility requirements, motor sizes and voltage requirements where applicable
and a reference product manufacture and model number. Where equipment, fixtures
or furniture must be custom fabricated for this specific project, note in the
schedule that the item is "custom built".
(3) Provide details and elevations as
required to describe the fabrication and installation requirements for all
fixtures and furniture. Where components must be custom built, provide the
fabrication details necessary for the contractor to select the proper
materials, methods dimensions and finishes required to construct the
project.
(4) Where connections are
required by other trades, do not refer to "connection by plumbing
sub-contractor or the like." (Refer to § 2-903 (P)). ABA considers
equipment as fixtures which are permanently attached to the building structure
by anchor bolts or fasteners or which require hardwired or permanent connection
to the building mechanical or electrical systems to be "capital improvements
and as such shall be subject to compliance with all Arkansas laws and
regulations including but not limited to Ark. Code Ann. §
22-9-101
et seq. (Public Works Codes), Ark. Code Ann. §
17-15-101 et
seq. (Licensing for Engineers), Ark. Code Ann. §
17-30-101
et seq. (Licensing for Architects). Furniture or equipment, which is completely
portable or movable and only requires a plug-in connection or a quick copper
connection are considered as furniture and not as a capital
improvement.
(J)
Structural Drawings
(1) On the first sheet of
the structural drawings, provide the information pursuant to Ark. Code Ann.
§
12-80-101 et
seq. and the Arkansas Fire Prevention Code regarding seismic design. Provide a
brief description of the type of foundation and framing system used. Reference
the sub-surface soil investigation and survey (company and date). In no
investigation has been performed, indicate all assumptions used for the
foundation design. Describe the live load allowances included in the system
design. Note the allowances used for partition loads, mechanical and electrical
system loads and the allowance for movable items such as furniture and the
like.
(2) Foundation drawings shall
include a notation for the design bearing values for all spread footings and
caissons and bearing loads for all pilings. Show details for all slab and
footing interfaces including those for interior partitions. Show the locations
and spacing for all construction, expansion and control joints on all concrete
expanses. Show locations of perimeter insulation systems, under-slab drainage
and foundation drain system. Where expansive clay soils or other unsuitable
soils are indicated, show the requirements for the proper backfill of a
suitable material or engineered system to provide the proper bearing support.
When collapsible forms are required to compensate for subsurface expansion,
show the detail requirements for installation and control.
(3) For all plans, show the minimum concrete
strength required for each part of the structure as required to comply with the
Arkansas Fire Prevention Code. For special areas such as mezzanines, show the
maximum safe live load that the Owner may place on the mezzanine after
construction. Show the steel yield point strength for all reinforcing and
structural steel.
(4) Framing plans
shall show the size of each element and the dimensional location. When the
framing system includes areas such as shear walls, which should not contain
penetrations, these areas shall be clearly noted and shaded or hatched to allow
rapid location and identification during the review process. On systems such as
post tension slabs where penetrations must be exactly located, show all
locations by dimension and provide a cautionary note for the contractor
advising him of the restrictions or precautions necessary to follow during
construction regarding the cutting of additional openings.
(5) For pre-engineered systems such as
pre-engineered metal building, tilt-up slab construction, pre-tension slabs,
post-tension slabs, or modular prefabricated construction, provide sufficient
information and details as required for the fabrication to meet the
requirements of the project. Include all design values necessary to fabricate
the structures and to allow independent verification that the furnished product
meets the design intent. Include plan views and elevations of these
pre-engineered systems to allow review of the concept and coordination of work
designed by other trades such as mechanical, electrical and architectural
finishes.
(6) Provide schedules
showing all grade beams, pilings, caissons and other elements where size, type,
strength and special connections must be coordinated to ensure proper
construction. Include other schedules as required to allow accurate bidding,
construction, and field verification or as required to communicate the design
intent. This can include, but are not limited to, column schedules, beam
schedules, truss schedules and the like.
(7) Show all typical and special connection
details. Indicate the location and type to allow quick coordination and
review.
(8) Show section views and
elevations as required to indicate the connection locations of beams, floors,
joints, trusses, and the like. Where sections do not show the floor below,
provide a dimension reference to the top of the beam, bearing elevation of the
joist or other element that will allow accurate determination of the clear
space below the bottom of the structural elements. This dimension should be in
reference to the finished floor below or in elevation dimensions (i.e. 10'-0"
above 2nd floor or elev. 112'-6").
(K) Mechanical Drawings
(1) Show the locations of all heating,
ventilating, and air conditioning equipment on the plan view. Provide each
piece of equipment with an unique designation mark keyed to the equipment
schedule. Equipment shall be located as required to provide proper access for
maintenance and repair. Equipment shall also be located as required to
facilitate future removal and replacement without requiring the demolition of
walls, windows, or other perimeter features of the building. Where replacement
will require removal of louvers, other equipment, piping or ductwork, clearly
indicate the separation points on the plans. Use bolted flanges or other
replaceable type connections. Where replacement or installation will require
removal of a wall, door, window or the roof, the design professional must
obtain written approval from the Section prior to the submission of the final
review documents (construction documents).
(2) Show the routing of all ductwork and
piping on the plan views. Ductwork shall be shown double line all the way to
the diffuser or grille. Differentiate between high velocity ductwork, double
wall ductwork, single wall ductwork and internally insulated ductwork with a
distinctive shading or hatching pattern. Differentiate between different duct
system materials such is PVC, aluminum, galvanized and the like in a similar
manner. Piping 6 inches and larger shall be shown double line on plan and
section views at 1/4" = 1'-0" scale or larger. Piping 10 inches and larger
shall be shown double lined on plans and section views at 1/8" = 1'-0" and
larger. All other piping shall be single line and bold. Show reducers,
increaser and when fittings on all ductwork and piping at each change in size.
Provide arrows on the piping plans indicating the direction of flow and
direction of slope of the lines.
(3) Where the HVACR system contains
refrigeration equipment with remote condensers, condensing units or fluid
coolers, show the routing of the refrigerant piping between each piece of
equipment on the plan and section views. On small systems such as package
coolers or split system air conditioners, the designer may use a single line to
represent both the suction and liquid lines. Provide dual designation on the
line (i.e. RS/RL) and provide the size of both lines in the dimension note.
Where hot gas by-pass, double suction risers or similar special lines are
required, show these lines separate from the combined suction and liquid lines.
Provide refrigerant piping schematics for each unique system. Show all the
refrigerant specialty items and isolation valves. The designer may show the
pipe sizes in a schedule format for each unit adjacent to the piping
schematic.
(4) Show the airflow
quantity at each air device with a balancing damper to facilitate capacity
verification and final air balance. For special areas such as laboratories,
isolation rooms, special procedure rooms, and hazardous storage or sterile
storage rooms, show the pressure relationship for that space relative to the
adjacent spaces such as positive pressure, negative pressure, or neutral
pressure. This is not required for toilet rooms, janitor closets, or similar
spaces, which are clearly negative to the adjacent spaces. The designer may
indicate the pressure relationship for these spaces if necessary to clearly
communicate specific design intent. The sum of the air flow quantities in a
zone shall match the capacity of the air handling unit or terminal devices in
the respective zone plus or minus an appropriate amount as required to maintain
the space pressure relationship.
(5) Show the exact location for each fire
damper, smoke damper, control damper, balancing damper, control sensor device
and the access door to each device on the plans and section views. In variable
volume systems, show the locations for all relief doors upstream or downstream
of every fast closing damper as required to prevent the collapse or rupture of
the duct system.
(6) Where ductwork
penetrates a floor or a roof and where a duct rises up or down, show the cross
section of the duct with the appropriate diagonal marking and shade a portion
of the cross sectional view to prominently show the location of the penetration
or riser on the plan view. Provide a note indicating the size and direction of
the riser and to where it goes (i. e. 10/10 up to
2nd floor).
(7) Where hydraulic or steam piping systems
are provided, show the location of all expansion joints or loop and the
locations of all anchors and guides required to control the expansion. In steam
systems, show the locations of all traps and vents required for the proper
startup and maintenance of the equipment. Show these locations on the plan
views. Include the locations of access doors where required. When designed
offsets in these systems create traps or air pockets, show a drain and vent
location to facilitate future drain and fill of the system.
(8) When hydraulic systems require freeze
protection additives such as a glycol or brine solution, show the estimated
system volume on the drawings along with the percentage by weight or by volume
of the anti-freeze additive and the type of additive required. This may be
noted on the system flow diagram. Ensure that all equipment capacities have
been adjusted to account for the additive.
(9) Provide an enlarged plan view of each
unique mechanical room at 1/4" = 1'-0" minimum. Show the location of all HVACR
equipment, piping, ductwork, controls panels and the locations of all
electrical panels, plumbing equipment and other equipment within the room. All
non-HVACR equipment should be shown dashed and a reference provided to the
appropriate sheet where that equipment can be found. Coordinate the location of
these items to ensure proper code clearance, maintenance access, and
operational access.
(10) Provide at
least one cross section view of each mechanical room showing the elevation of
the equipment, ductwork and piping in the room to allow the contractor
sufficient information for bidding and to allow verification of proper access
for service and replacement of equipment. Large or complex rooms may require
multiple section views to clarify these issues. All section views should be
drawn to a minimum scale of 1/4" = 1'-0".
(11) Provide at least two cross sectional
views through the building along each of the major axis showing the mechanical
systems. The minimum scale for these views shall be 1/8" = 1'-0". Provide
additional enlarged scale sectional views as required at crossovers of ductwork
and piping, furr-downs, and offsets under major structural members to clearly
describe the installation limitation at these areas. Reference all known or
possible interference from other trades such as sprinkler piping, electrical
conduits, plumbing drains, and the like. Where these large-scale sections do
not show the floor to floor view, provide a dimension to the finished ceiling
and bottom of the structure to allow verification of the clearance (i.e. 10'-0"
ceiling and 11'-6" bottom of joist, and the like).
(12) Provide details of typical connections,
mounting details, piping specialties and unique installations. Details may be
drawn "not to scale" provided the detail is not required to clarify a clearance
or service access issue. In these cases, show the detail at an appropriate
scale. Cross-reference the sheet number to where the specific detail applies.
Also provide a detail flag on each plan sheet, which references the appropriate
detail number on the detail sheet. Provide an individual detail number on each
detail to facilitate this cross-referencing. Provide as many details and detail
sheets as necessary to clearly communicate the installation requirements for
the project.
(13) Provide flow
schematic for chilled water, heating water, condenser water, steam systems, and
other heat transfer systems. Show the relationship of the equipment in the
process. Show all piping connections control elements and valves necessary for
the proper operation and maintenance of the systems. Size all piping, vents,
drains and valves. Show capacity, flow and pressure loss for generating
equipment. The diagram should be drawn to enhance rapid understanding of the
system. For complex systems, provide diagrams in a ladder type arrangement to
eliminate line crossings and the need for isometric views to clarify flow path.
Correctly show the flow path and the relative location of all components,
junctions and branches. Do not change the relative location of flow junctions
to avoid line crossings. Provide arrows indicating direction of flow on each
pipe segment. Show all make-up valves, relief valves, pressure reducing valves,
and expansion tanks. Show the pressure rating and capacity of each on the
diagram. For complex systems with numerous valves, fitting, and components
provide multiple versions of the basic diagram with control capacities, or
sub-system elements super-imposed on the diagram
(14) Provide control diagrams for each unique
system or unit. Diagrams shall show the locations of all sensors and control
elements. Provide a designation for each component and a legend or schedule for
symbols on the same sheet (i.e. mixed air sensor and the like). Show the set
point and alarm points on the diagrams or in the schedules. Indicate the type
of control point for each device (i.e. Analog Input AI). Include the sequence
of operation on the sheet with the control diagram. Ensure that the sequence is
clearly spelled out as to the actions and reactions of the components to the
command or control signal. When pipe mounted or duct mounted sensors are
installed, provide a spare well adjacent to the control device to allow field
verification of the device operation or the media temperature or pressure with
portable, hand held instruments. Provide a schematic diagram for each network
LAN showing the location of each panel and workstation connection and the
equipment it serves.
(15) Provide
equipment schedules on the drawings. Do not schedule equipment in the
specification's manual. Schedules shall be arranged in graphic format with the
major operating conditions defined and the capacities shown. Include the
electrical requirements showing the power voltage, phase, amperage, motor
horsepower's and brake horsepower. For major equipment such as chillers and
boilers, include the energy efficiency rating. Provide sufficient data to allow
purchase, startup and balancing of the system or equipment. Include data
necessary to trouble shoot equipment in the event of a startup or operational
problem. Schedules shall be provided for each type of equipment or component
(i.e. air handler, air devices, pumps, traps, and the like). Provide a unique
designator for each piece or type of equipment. Ensure that the schedule title
and designator are consistent with the plan labels. In the header for each
schedule, show the specification section number where that item can be found
(i.e. Air Handlers - 15850).
(16)
Where seismic restraints are required by code, provide details of typical
acceptable restraining methods for piping, ductwork, and equipment. Show
locations of all restraints on the plans and cross reference the appropriate
details. Provide the basic design criteria for the restraining system including
the seismic zone in which the project is located. Where the code allows
exemptions or exceptions based on pipe size or location of piping or ductwork
relative to the supporting structure, note the exceptions on the plan.
Designers are encouraged to lay out system piping and equipment in a manner
which eliminates where possible the need for costly restraints and minimizes
the hazard to the building occupants during a seismic event.
(L) Fire Protection Drawings:
(1) Show location and types of sprinkler
heads. Provide a different symbol for each type of head.
(2) Show the hazard classification for each
area with a different classification.
(3) Show the locations and ratings of all
fire and smoke partitions. Show all fire doors, smoke vents or fire
shutters.
(4) Show the location of
the fire service entrance. Show a detail of the service entrance including all
valves and devices in the entry riser. Include the locations of the test
drains, alarm devices, seismic connections and backflow preventers.
(5) Where a fire pump is required, show a
minimum of 1/4" = 1'-0" scale plan review of the pump room and a minimum of one
(1) cross-section view of the room showing the elevation of the piping and
valves.
(6) When standpipe risers
are required, show the location and size of the piping from the service
entrance to each riser. Show the location and size of each hose or fire
department connection. Indicate the mounting height of each hose cabinet or
fire department connection.
(7)
When sprinkler heads are installed in electrical rooms, computer rooms,
telecommunication rooms elevator shafts or elevator machine rooms, show the
temperature ratings for these special heads and indicate if these are
pre-action or deluge type systems.
(8) Show the area of coverage by special
systems such as dry-pipe systems, pre-action systems, or non-water systems. In
non-water systems, show the complete layout of piping, storage tanks, and
system controllers.
(9) Show the
locations of all control valves and tamper switches in the system. Show other
devices that require interconnection with the building fire alarm system or
other alarm or monitoring systems.
(10) Show the location of all piping and the
preferred routing throughout the building. Size all piping, including branch
piping, on the bid documents. The designer may use the pipe size chart provided
in NFPA 13 or may perform the hydraulic calculations necessary to size the
piping. It is permissible to allow the successful contractor to submit an
alternate layout in the shop drawing phase subject to review and approval by
the engineer.
(11) Provide the
details necessary to show the preferred or acceptable mounting requirements and
piping support systems. Where systems are subject to seismic design
requirements, provide the seismic restraint details necessary to comply with
the requirements of the zone in which the system is installed. Show locations
of all restraints on the plans and cross reference the appropriate
details.
(M) Plumbing
Drawings
(1) Show the locations of all
plumbing fixtures, equipment, drains, vents, outlets and valves necessary for
isolation, operation or emergency service on the floor plans. Enlarged plans
may be used to show exact locations.
(2) Clearly define which piping is located
below the floor, above the ceiling or exposed in the occupied spaces. Piping
subject to freezing shall be installed on the warm side of the building
insulation or provide with heat trace system.
(3) Size piping on the plan views. Show
increasers and reducers at the point where sizes change. Show sizes of piping
risers, or headers concealed inside chases or where they pass through a
floor.
(4) Crosshatch or shade all
plumbing fixtures and equipment for ease of location. Provide a unique
designation for each type of fixture or equipment.
(5) Provide waste and vent risers in
accordance with the requirements of the Arkansas State Plumbing Code. Size the
piping on the floor plans and these diagrams. Show the size of each vent
thought the roof and designate these penetrations on the risers and plan views
with their size. (i.e. 4" VTR).
(6)
Show the locations of all roof drains and area drains on the plan views. Show
where all drains terminate or discharge. Where emergency overflow drains or
scuppers are to be used, show locations and sizes. Provide correct locations
and details on the plumbing drawings and cross-reference the appropriate
locations and details on the correct architectural sheets.
(7) Show the locations of all cleanout plugs
and manholes as required by the Arkansas State Plumbing Code. On open drain
inlets, outlets, and all connections to manholes and catch basins, show the
elevation of the top of the feature as well as the flow line inverts of all
inlets and outlets.
(8) Provide a
schedule showing the sizes, capacities, operating characteristics, and design
basis product name for all plumbing equipment (i. e., water heaters, pumps,
compressors, and the like). Plumbing fixtures may be scheduled in the
specifications however; the preferred location is on the drawings.
(9) For special piping systems such as
natural gas, medical gas, laboratory gas, process piping and the like, provide
the same information as generally described above. For small projects, multiple
systems may be shown on the same plan view. For large or complex projects such
as laboratories and hospitals, provide separate plans for clarity. For systems
such as reverse osmosis, de-ionized water or ultra-pure water systems, show all
components in their respective locations on a flow schematic. Ensure that
complete specifications are provided for each component in the system. Do not
rely on the Contractor or the Vendor to size the system and select the
components.
(10) Provide details
for fixtures and equipment connections showing all valves, accessories,
mounting supports, hangers and auxiliary connections to other systems as
necessary to communicate the installation requirements, operation requirements
and the maintenance shutoff or removal points. Provide control interlock
diagrams for equipment with automatic controls. For systems containing tanks or
holding vats, show all header piping requirements, tank, cylinder or vat sizes
in gallons or cubic feet and methods for securing the tanks in place. If alarms
are required for notification of over temperature, over pressurization,
overflow or low volume, note these set points on the details or control
interlock diagrams.
(11) Where
seismic restraints are required by code, provide details of typical acceptable
restraint methods for piping and equipment. Show locations of all restraints on
the plans and cross reference the appropriate details. Provide the basic design
criteria for the restraint system including the seismic zone in which the
project is located. Where the code allows exemptions or exceptions based on
pipe size or location of piping relative to the supporting structure, note the
exceptions on the plan. Designers are encouraged to lay out system piping and
equipment in a manner which eliminates where possible the need for costly
restraints and minimizes the hazard to the building occupants during a seismic
event.
(N) Electrical
Drawings:
(1) Show the source and voltage
characteristics of all power sources. Show the exact location for connections
to existing power, telephone, fiber optics, security and other services to the
project. Where such connection points are shown on other drawings such as civil
drawings, reference the sheet number where these connection points can be
found. Coordinate these cross-references to ensure the proper connection and
entry points are shown. Indicate the ownership of the existing utility to which
these connections are to be made. Some State facilities own their own
distribution networks and many do not. Provide a phone number and a contact
name for the owning agent to coordinate connection requirements. Provide a
detail of each utility entry into the building.
(2) Lighting layout shall indicate the
switching and circuiting of each fixture or group of fixtures. Circuiting shall
indicate the power source panel and the circuit breaker number for that
circuit. Emergency egress lighting shall be crosshatched or shaded so the
fixtures will standout for rapid identification during review of the drawings.
When emergency power is provided by a generator, or other backup source, the
circuiting lines connecting fixtures and outlets should be designated with an
"E" to identify these circuits as emergency power. Each fixture symbol shall
contain an identification designator that is keyed to the fixture
schedule.
(3) Power outlets shall
be circuited in the same manner as lighting circuits. Indicate the mounting
heights of outlets to ensure proper installation. Where outlets must be
installed in a specific pattern or spacing, provide dimensional plans and
elevations. In the absence of the specific dimensional location of outlets, the
contractor will install the box on the nearest stud or blocking. Where power is
provided to equipment, show the exact location of the disconnect switch.
Indicate the starter location and note if the starter is to be furnished unit
mounted with the equipment. Show the size of the power conductors and the
conduit serving the equipment.
(4)
Show the location of all system components such as fire alarm, security, closed
circuit television, sound, paging, telephone, computer and the like. When the
systems to be furnished are complex or may be installed by a specialty
contractor, provide separate drawings for these systems. Ensure that all
components and locations are coordinated with other trades in the design phase.
Where systems are simple or small in nature, they may be combined with other
system drawings such as the lighting or power. When the interconnecting cabling
for these systems may pose an interference with other trades, show the
preferred or engineered routing of the cabling and conduit. As a minimum,
provide riser diagrams or schematics for each system. Show the location of all
system head end or front-end panels, control stations and sub panels. When a
system must interlock or interface with another system such as the fire alarm
and fire sprinkler system, show the exact location of such interfaces and the
specific interlock requirements.
(5) Perform the lightning hazard calculations
as defined in NFPA-780 and include this information on the cover sheet or in
the electrical general notes. If a lightning protection system is to be
provided, show the locations of all air terminals, interconnecting grounding
cables, down leaders and ground termination points. Where grounding is
connected to other grounding systems, show the connection point and the
location of the other grounded systems termination points. Show all details
necessary to describe the attachment of air terminals, cabling support,
penetrations of the building envelope and attachment to the grounding rods or
other systems. Indicate the location of all test points necessary to measure
the system resistance and specify the maximum permissible resistance allowed by
the system design.
(6) Show the
location of main electrical rooms. Provide enlarged scale drawing as necessary
to show and designate all equipment. For rooms containing equipment over 6'-0"
tall, provide section views of equipment in the room showing installed
elevations and clearance above the equipment. Ensure that all equipment
including branch panels and disconnect switches are installed with proper
clearances in front of and above the unit as required by the National
Electrical Code NEC Article 110. Ensure that all panel locations are
coordinated with other equipment in the space. Show the locations of all panels
on the small-scale plans also.
(7)
All new buildings and additions and renovations of more than 4000 SF of space
shall include at least one (1) dedicated telecommunication room per floor sized
in accordance with the recommendations in the appropriate EIA/TIA Standards but
no less than the size shown in § 2-1402. Show the location of all cable
entry, mounting rack, backboards, operator stations, UPS equipment, and power
outlets. For mission critical operations, provide emergency lighting in the
room. Clearly define on the drawings who will be furnishing the interconnection
cabling (i.e. cable and terminations by the contractor or by the owner).
Specify plenum rated cabling in all installations not in conduit regardless of
whether or not the ceiling cavity is currently a return air plenum.
(8) Provide a wire management system in all
new construction for the installation of special systems wiring which will not
be installed in conduit raceways. The wire management system shall be attached
to the building structure or walls in a manner so as not to overload the
structure. Wire management systems shall be designed to accommodate multiple
systems without electronic interference or creating a code violation. Where
necessary provide multiple systems for dedicated use by a single system. Wire
management system and attachments should be designed to allow a minimum of 25%
future growth for each wiring system.
(9) Provide electrical details and system
details as required to completely describe the installation requirements and
interconnection with other systems installed by other trades. Particular
attention should be paid to the installation of exterior lighting fixtures,
special interior fixtures such as chandeliers, operating room lights, and the
like. Details of special grounding requirements should also be
included.
(10) Provide riser
diagrams or schematics showing the relationship of major components such as
panel boards, transformers and service entrances. Risers shall also be provided
for special systems such as fire alarm and security systems. For large or
technically complex projects, provide one-line diagrams showing the source of
power, or service and the size and relationship of subcomponents such as
distribution panels, breakers, fuses, switches and routers to each major
sub-panel or element. These diagrams shall also include the size of the wiring
and conduit between elements and the ratings of the breakers, fuses, switches
and routers with enough information being provided to describe the limits of
the capacity of the system and components.
(11) Provide schedules for all lighting
fixtures, transformers, panel boards and specialty systems components.
Schedules shall include the voltage rating for each item, the capacity of the
item and any power losses or inefficiency of the fixture or equipment.
Equipment producing a heat loss (greater than 1/2 of 1 percent of the
equipment rating) shall include the manufacturers heat loss in Btu's on the
schedule. Equipment producing radio frequency interference (RFI) or
electromagnetic interference (EMI) greater than that allowed by FCC regulation
shall be noted on the schedule and any special shielding requirements necessary
to control or eliminate this interference should be noted and detailed or
specified. Schedules shall be provided for each type of equipment or component
(i.e. fixtures, transformers, generators, the like.) Provide a unique
designator for each piece or type of equipment or fixture. Ensure that the
schedule title and designator are consistent with the plan labels. In the
header for each schedule, show the specification section number where that item
can be found (i.e. Transformers-16460). Panel board schedules shall be
presented in a graphic format and shall include a designator for what each
circuit feeds to facilitate the development of the panel board directory. Do
not limit the panel board schedule to a description of the quantity of certain
size breakers such as circuits 1,2,3,4 = 20A or "provide 20-20A/1P
breakers.
(12) Where seismic
restraints are required by code, provide details of typical acceptable
restraint methods for piping and equipment. Provide the basic design criteria
for the restraint system including the seismic zone in which the project is
located. Were the code allow exemptions or exceptions based on pipe size or
location of piping relative to the supporting structure, note the exceptions on
the plan. Designers are encouraged to lay out system piping and equipment in a
manner which minimize the need for costly restraints and eliminates where
possible the hazard to the building occupants during a seismic event.
2-1600 APPROVAL TO BID
OR PROCEED [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
2-1601 AGENCY APPROVAL
(A) Upon Agency approval of the completed
construction documents (previously submitted including responses to the Section
comments), the Agency Project Coordinator shall inform the Section and the
Design Professional in writing that the Agency accepts and approves the
drawings as submitted. There shall be no changes from the date of the letter
unless submitted and approved by procedures initiated by ABA.
(B) The approval to bid or approval to
proceed letter is valid for 1-year from the date of the letter. If the project
has not bid within that 1-year period, the project must be re-submitted to the
Section for review and approval.
2-1602 BID DATE REQUESTS, OR REQUEST TO
PROCEED WITH CONSTRUCTION
(A) Bid date
requests to the Construction Section may not be made until approval from the
Section has been given. If the Design Professional is responsible for
coordinating the bid date, written approval must be secured from the Agency
prior to bidding. The Construction Section must be contacted to coordinate a
bid date, time, and location. Upon coordination with the Construction Section,
the project may be advertised and bid documents released to bidders. (Refer to
§ 3-200 & 3-303)
(B) For
projects subject to ABA bidding and contract management, a separate submittal
of the "front end documents" may be required to the Construction Section prior
to the establishment of a bid date.
(C) An Agency may not enter into a contract
for a negotiated capital improvement project unless allowed by law and prior
approval of plans and specifications has been provided by the
Section.
2-1603 CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS TO BE PROVIDED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR
(A) The Owner and Design Professional shall
provide the successful general contractor with the minimum necessary copies of
the contract documents as outlined below, however, this section shall not
preclude lesser amounts, if agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor.
PROJECT SIZE (COST)
|
OF SETS TO ISSUE
|
$0 - $500,000
|
10 sets
|
$500,001 - $1,000,000
|
15 sets
|
$1,000,001 - up
|
20 sets
|
(B) The
project general contractor shall be responsible for the cost and distribution
of additional bid documents to his respective sub-contractors. Partial sets of
the contract documents shall not be allowed. All trades shall have complete
contract documents for reference.
2-1604 RECORD COPIES OF PROJECT DOCUMENTS
(A) At the final completion of the project,
the Design Professional shall submit one (1) copy of the complete set of the
project documents on a CD Rom. See §3-500(D).
(B) In addition, if any of the drawings or
specifications were prepared by computer assisted drafting (CAD) or word
processing, the Design Professional shall also provide one copy of all computer
generated "read only" documents to ABA and one copy of the "read only"
documents to the Agency) for record purposes.
(C) Acceptable formats for word processing,
spreadsheets database, presentation graphics and other similar documents are
Microsoft Office Products or other formats converted and saved as such. Cost of
the microfilm and electronic media are reimbursable from the Agency.
(D) When drawings or specifications are not
produced electronically, the Design Professional shall have the documents
scanned in to a photo image such as a TIFF image, PDF file, or an AutoCAD file
for record purposes. These files shall be furnished on compact disk. The files
shall be capable of being opened by an industry standard file manager such as
Adobe Acrobat Reader, Kodak Image reader or similar software. Verify the Agency
preference prior to submitting these types of files.
(E) Agencies requiring electronic media
copies should carefully consider environmental storage requirements. It is
recommended that electronic information be transmitted on compact disc and
backed-up with a tape drive where possible.
(F) If an Agency utilizes portions of
existing reproducibles or electronic media for bidding purposes, i.e., carpet
replacement, ABA requires all title blocks (of the original design
professional) be removed and new title block information provided before
project is released to any bidders.
(G) Design professionals providing electronic
media, tracings, reproducible, "as-built" record drawings, the like, may
request that release agreements limiting their use be signed prior to releasing
to the Agency or ABA. These release agreements shall be carefully reviewed by
legal representation of the Agency and submitted to ABA for review before
signing. Improper use of a Design Professional's work may result in claims for
additional compensation.
(H) If the
Design Professional is required to deliver any services required hereunder in
the form of electronic encoded media, the printed representation of such media
furnished by the Design Professional shall be the official record of the Design
Professional's service. Agency shall have a right to rely on such printed
representation in connection with any subsequent modification of such
electronic media. The Agency and ABA recognize that the printed material
represents the intent and instructions of the Design Professional but does not
represent the "as-built" condition of the project. The Agency must obtain
written authorization from the design professional allowing the use of the
documents for any purpose other than the specific intended use of those
documents.
2-1605 DESIGN
PROFESSIONAL PROJECT OBSERVATION REQUIREMENTS
(A) The Design Professional and his
consultants shall conduct construction observation visits to the construction
site as part of the basic professional services. (Refer to § 2-201.) The
design professional shall conduct visits to determine the progress and
performance for all capital improvement contracts. On-site observations shall
concur with the contractor's pay request and shall be submitted in written form
with the pay request.
(B)
Construction observation of the project by the prime Design Professional and
all consultants at key critical times during construction for that applicable
portion of the work for which they are involved, shall be as required to
observe fulfillment of the construction documents.
(C) Both the Design Professional and all
consultants shall submit a typed construction observation report or summary of
any observed construction deficiencies, with follow-up correspondence to the
Agency's Project Coordinator on ABA approved forms. Copies of the Design
Professional's and all consultant's construction observation reports and
follow-up correspondence shall also be forwarded to the Construction Section
and shall accompany the Contractor's monthly payment request.
(D) The Agency Project Coordinator and the
Design Professional shall carefully evaluate the need for more intense project
observation than the basic services provides. This may include projects
requiring the installation of underground utilities, the construction of
critical concrete structures and similar projects where the normal course of
construction may render critical elements of the project unavailable for
inspection due to the placement of finish materials
(E) On projects where this may result in the
inability of the Agency to accept the project with confidence that the work has
been properly installed, the Agency may desire to require more intense
observation by the Design Professional than would normally be provided by the
basic services agreement. The Agency shall negotiate the rates for additional
observation during the original contact negotiations. If it becomes necessary
to expand the design professional's scope of services by amendment, consult
with ABA prior to negotiating the amendment.
(F) For instructions regarding construction
observation and administration, and project closeout requirements please refer
to §3-500 through §3-600.
2-1700 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT ALTERNATIVE
DELIVERY METHODS
Pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
19-4-1415,
unless exempted, ABA has authority to oversee contracts in the amount of
$5,000,000 or more, which are not awarded in the traditional design-bid-build
method, but rather awarded through negotiations.
2-1701 PROJECT CRITERIA
Refer to § 3-701.
2-1702 SELECTION OF DESIGN PROFESSIONALS
(A) The procedures prescribed in § 2-100
shall apply to the selection of Design Professionals utilized for projects
under this section.
(B) Refer to
§ 2-102 (A) and add the following requirement:
(1) The Agency shall indicate that the
contemplated project exceeds $5,000,000 in estimated construction cost,
excluding land costs, and that the Agency intends to utilize a type of
negotiated contracting for the construction phase.
(2) Refer to § 2-102(C). The draft
advertisement shall clearly indicate that the design services required would be
utilized on a project that the Agency intends to award through negotiations in
lieu of the traditional design-bid-build process. The notice shall also
indicate that the selected professional will work with the Agency's contractor
in the development of the project budget, construction options and
administrative procedures for managing the project under "fast track"
conditions if applicable.
2-1703 SELECTION METHOD FOR DESIGN
PROFESSIONALS
(A) Selection of Design
Professionals shall be as prescribed in § 2-106 except that the
preselection committee shall consist of five (5) members, three (3) from the
Agency and two (2) from ABA. The ABA Director shall determine the members form
ABA and the respective Agency Director shall determine the members from the
Agency.
(B) Refer to § 3-700
et. seq. for the selection of construction managers and contractors.
2-1704 BASIC SERVICES DEFINED
(A) Refer to § 2-201 for Basic Services
Defined. All services listed shall apply except as follows:
(1) For "fast track" projects, the schematic
design and the design development phases shall be condensed as required to
verify the budget estimate via contractor pricing.
(2) Construction documents may be developed
in phases as necessary to maintain the project delivery schedule.
(3) For "fast track" projects, the Design
Professional shall obtain all "as-built" information from the contractor and
shall compile this information into an accurate set of record drawings and
specifications for submittal to the Agency in printed form and in electronic
form.
(B) A copy of
these record drawings shall be provided to ABA in electronic form
only.
2-1705 PROJECT
SCHEDULE
(A) Refer to § 2-318 (C) for
basic schedule requirements.
(B)
For projects utilizing a "fast track" methodology, the Design Professional
shall assist the Agency in developing a "Request for Proposals" package to be
utilized in the selection process for the contractor or construction manager.
The RFP shall be submitted to the Section and Construction Section for review
and approval prior to issuing to potential contractors. The requirements of the
RFP shall closely match the requirements of a schematic design plan review
submittal. Include appropriate specifications for the desired building
materials and equipment.
(C) The
Agency shall submit a schedule of activities listing the proposed milestone
submittal dates to ABA including but not limited to the following:
(1) Submittal of request to begin selection
of the design professional.
(2)
Submittal of request to select commissioning agent (if applicable).
(3) Submittal of contractor selection RFQ
document for review and approval.
(4) Submittal of design professional services
contract for approval.
(5)
Submittal of commissioning agent services contract (if applicable).
(6) Submittal of contractor
contract.
(7) Submittal of first
plan review.
(8) Beginning date of
construction phase and expected duration of construction.
Refer to § 2-1706(E) for submittal schedule requirements
using "fast track" construction.
2-1706 PLAN REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
(A) All plans shall be submitted to ABA for
review and approval prior to delivery to the contractor or construction manager
for pricing. Refer to §2-1500 et. seq. for basic plan review submittal
requirements.
(B) Projects not
utilizing the "fast track" method shall be submitted to Design Review when the
plans and specification are considered 100% complete and ready for bidding or
construction. The design professional shall make schematic design and design
development submittals to the Agency as required to obtain approval by the
Agency to proceed to final construction documents. The documents will be
provided to pre-selected contractors for preparation of proposals to construct
the facility.
(C) For projects
utilizing a "fast track" methodology, the first review submittal shall consist
of the documentation normally contained in a schematic design submittal. This
first submittal shall contain sufficient information to adequately describe the
scope and materials of the total project design. If the contract with the
contractor has been implemented, a copy of that contract shall also accompany
the submittal.
(D) For "fast track"
projects, intermediate submittals shall be made at frequencies necessary to
maintain the project schedule and appropriate quality control. This process may
result in multiple partial submittals. Each partial submittal shall represent
one or more discrete portions of the work, which can be designed, priced and
constructed independently of other portions without resulting in
de-construction or rework of the portions previously constructed. These
individual packages shall be submitted when the plans and specifications for
that element of the work is 100% complete.
(E) The Agency Project Coordinator shall
submit a schedule of the desired submittal review packages with the first
review submittal. The schedule shall indicate the type of submittal package
(i.e. Site Work), the estimated cost of that element of construction, the
estimated date of submittal and the date the contractor will require approved
plans in order to maintain the desired construction schedule. Each submittal
package will be labeled with the appropriate title and a volume number
beginning with the first submittal which shall be labeled "Comprehensive
Schematic Design-Volume 1. The Agency shall follow the schedule submitted and
approved by ABA and shall update the full schedule timelines and cost estimates
at each subsequent submittal. Deviations from the schedule require ABA
approval.
(F) The contractor shall
not begin work on a given element of the project until that package of
documents has been approve to proceed by the Section. The plans and
specifications issued to the contractor for construction shall be stamped
"Approved for Construction."
(G) At
some point in the process of developing the plans and specifications, the
contractor must establish a guaranteed maximum price for the construction
contract. When that point has been reached, the Design Professional shall issue
a complete set of the documents used to generate that guaranteed price and
label the cover as the "GMP Set" along with the issue date. Copies of this set
of documents shall be forwarded to the Agency Project Coordinator, the
Contractor, the Section and the Construction Section for record keeping. These
documents will be the basis of reference for all future adjustments in the cost
of the contract. It shall be noted that while changes in the documents may not
constitute a change in the GMP, all changes must be documented by change order
even if there is no increase or decrease in the contract sum. Approved plans
and specifications must accompany all change orders submitted to the
Construction Section. In addition, a copy of the Sections' approval to proceed
letter shall be included with the change order documentation.
SECTION THREE CONSTRUCTION SECTION
3-100 INTRODUCTION
(A) Ark. Code Ann. §
22-2-102
et seq. provides authority to ABA to promulgate such reasonable rules and
procedures as may be required to carry out its duties consistent with the
purposes of this Act. The Construction Section provides a review of all
applicable legal restraints and requirements to assure compliance with all laws
pertaining to the contracting of capital improvements, which includes but is
not limited to Ark. Code Ann. §
22-9-101
et seq. (Public Works Law) and Ark. Code Ann. §
19-4-1401 et seq.
(Accounting and Budgetary procedures).
(B) The Council has adopted the following
rules in the interest of uniform application of all laws, encouraging a maximum
of competition and participation among those interested in doing business with
the State, and above all, establishing a climate which produces the greatest
return for the taxpayers' dollars in the contracting of capital
improvements.
(C) Any reference to
the words "the Section" within this section shall mean the Construction
Section.
3-101 CAPITAL
IMPROVEMENTS
(A) Whenever an Agency intends to
construct buildings and facilities or to make repairs or additions and
improvements to existing buildings and facilities, the procedures as outlined
in this manual must be followed.
(B) Capital improvement projects $20,000 or
less shall be exempt from ABA (Construction and Design Review Sections)
oversight. Capital improvement projects in the amount of $5,000.00 or less may
be bid or made by the open market. These projects shall be known as a "Small
Order."
(C) Capital improvement
projects which exceed $5,000 and are $20,000 or less (between $5,000.01 and
$20,000.00) shall be contracted by contacting and requesting a minimum of three
(3) bonafide bidders to bid the work. These projects shall be known as a "Quote
Bid."
(D) See §3-408 (E) for
guidance pertaining to change orders which increases the contract above the
exempt amount.
3-102
AGENCY OFFICIALS
All contracts, unless exempted, shall be processed and approved
by the Section. Upon sufficient justification, bid openings may be performed by
persons other than the Section. Justification may include a health or safety,
or both, related emergency. Under such circumstances, Agency procurement staff
shall be responsible for adhering to all laws, rules and regulations, including
processing of bid protests.
3-200 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT REQUESTS - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS
(A) When an Agency requests a
capital improvement unless specifically exempted from oversight, the Agency
shall submit to the Design Review Section, a cover letter identifying the
capital improvement (see section 2) with sufficient plans and specifications so
as to describe what is required for formal bidding. When an Agency requests
capital improvements on non-state owned or state owned leased facility they
could be required to receive approval from the Real Estate Services Section,
see also §5-103 (M).
(1) The project
manual (specifications) shall be based on the CSI (Construction Specification
Institute) format. All items, equipment, materials, etc., shall be specified
under each of the appropriate Master Format Divisions.
(2) The original specifications shall be
submitted using a standard size paper of 8 1/2" X 11". A minimum of 1" left
side margin will be provided for binding.
(3) Upon approval by the Design Review
Section of the project plans and specifications, Agencies must complete and
return the Project General Information and Project Disclosure Statement
forms.
(B) Upon the
Design Review Section approval of the plans and specifications, the Section
shall notify the Design Professional to submit the Divisions "00" and "01"
documents electronically to the Section for review and approval. The Section
will coordinate with the Design Professional to set the bid date, place legal
advertising, receive and open bids. Billing for legal advertising will be sent
to the requesting Agency. Bid dates shall not be set until the invitation to
bid, bid forms divisions "00"and "01" documents have been initially reviewed by
the Section. Bid openings shall not take place until the final set of bid
documents have been approved by the Section. The Section shall furnish the
Agency with the bid results. Upon the Agency's selection of a contractor, the
Agency shall notify the Section within the time frame established by the
Section so that the contract may be awarded. A request for re-bid may be
approved upon sufficient justification. Bids shall expire as provided within
the bid documents unless an extension is agreed upon by the lowest responsible
bidder and the Agency.
(C) Intent
to Award: Once the Section receives the Agency's selection of a contractor and
the Contractor approved by the Section, a contract will be prepared by the
Design Professional (or by the Agency if the Design Professional is not under
contract to perform such services) and submitted with the intent to award to
the Contractor. This enables the Contractor to acquire the performance and
payment bond and the applicable insurance polices/certificates and disclosure
statements. A contract will not be approved until these documents are received
by ABA.
(D) Notice to Proceed: Upon
approval by the Section, ABA will retain the original contract and a copy of
the contract, performance and payment bond, certificate(s) of insurance and
disclosure statements will be forwarded to the Agency official for
disbursement, to the Contractor and the Design Professional. Design
professionals who have contract administration shall be responsible for
coordination and the issuance of the notice to proceed and shall provide a copy
of the notice to proceed to the Section and Agency.
(E) Unless exempted, no capital improvement
contract shall be awarded to other than the lowest responsible
bidder.
3-201 CONTRACTS
Contracts for capital improvement, regardless of the source of
funds involved, shall be issued in accordance with §3-400 et seq. Capital
improvement contracts for projects, which exceed $20,000 shall be approved by
the Section prior to the start of work, and must specify the exact dollar
amount to be paid. A performance and payment bond shall accompany the contract.
The contract shall contain the applicable language, disclosure forms and
documents, and approval pursuant to the Governor's Executive Order 98-04. A set
of back up documents shall accompany the contract. Applicable back up documents
shall include: insurance documents, Executive Order 98-04 forms or approval or
both; illegal immigrant disclosures, minority participation disclosures, proof
of advertising (if placed by a non ABA staff); performance and payment bond.
The dollar amount of the capital improvement contracts shall include, but is
not limited to all taxes, insurance, bonds, and freight costs. All contracts
shall be submitted in one (1) original and shall be accompanied with the
documents listed above. The Section will retain the original and the backup
documents.
3-202 EMERGENCY
CONTRACTING
(A) Capital improvement
contracting may be made pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
22-9-201
where unforeseen or unavoidable circumstances occur:
(1) When human life, health, safety or state
property is in jeopardy.
(2) To
reconstruct facilities, construct new facilities and related site work due to
fire, storm, riots, etc.
(3)
Construction or repairs to immediately needed equipment or facilities where
delay would result in overall higher expenditures or cause the Agency to lose
revenue due to not providing the service responsible for, but is not limited
to, medical treatment, education, military armories.
(4) Where unsuccessful bids (see §3-330)
occur and the Section determines that additional advertising of bids would be
futile.
(B) The Agency
shall invite a minimum of three (3) competitive bids, unless the emergency is
critical or obviously single source such as public utility. If time does not
allow, bids may be submitted via quote bid instead of sealed bids upon prior
approval by the Section.
(1) Prior to the
invitation, Agencies shall provide the names of the proposed bidders to the
Section for verification of eligibility.
(C) The Section must be contacted in advance
for prior written approval where time permits. Where time does not permit prior
written approval, telephone, fax or electronic mail approval must be obtained
at the earliest practical date from the Section. The Section shall receive and
record details on all telephone approvals. ABA shall provide agencies notice of
its determination after a review of the Agency's justification is conducted.
All project plans and specifications must be processed through the ABA Design
Review Section. Upon approval, the Agency through coordination with the Section
can process the bid and award of the contract. The following documentation is
required when submitting an emergency contract for approval:
(1) Written justification setting forth the
circumstances of the emergency. Agencies may access emergency related documents
at "
www.aba.arkansas.gov".
(2) Insurance Certificate.
(3) Performance and Payment Bond issued in
accordance with Arkansas laws and rules. The bond must be filed in the county
where the work is to be performed.
(4) List of subcontractors as required under
Ark. Code Ann. §
22-9-204.
(5) Contractor must be properly licensed with
the Contractors Licensing Board (refer to Ark. Code Ann. §
17-25-101
et seq.)
(6) Any other applicable
document required by law or rule including but not limited to EO 98-04
(Disclosure).
(7) All drawings and
the project manual on engineering projects which exceed 25,000 and
architectural projects which exceed $100,000 shall be stamped, sealed and
signed by the appropriate Design Professional.
(8) One (1) original of the Contract and
related back up documentation. 3-203 SOLE SOURCE CONTRACTING
(A) Sole source on capital improvements will
be approved only when there are no other available sources to perform the
required work. Sole source contracting may involve leases processed through the
Real Estate Services Section in which the non-public lessor has the sole
authority to approve contractors to perform work on non-state property. Sole
source contracting does not relieve the statutory requirements for license,
insurance and bonds; nor the requirement for processing all project plans and
specifications through the Design Review Section. Agencies shall submit a
written request to the Section setting forth the circumstances which justify
their sole source request. If approved, the following documentation is required
when submitting a contract for approval:
(1) A
written request setting forth the circumstances which justify their sole source
request.
(2) Insurance
Certificate.
(3) Performance and
Payment Bond issued in accordance with Arkansas laws and rules. The bond must
be filed in the county where the work is to be performed.
(4) List of subcontractors pursuant to Ark.
Code Ann. §
22-9-204.
(5) Contractor must be properly licensed
pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
17-25-101
et seq.
(6) Any other applicable
document required by law or rule including but is not limited to EO
98-04.
(7) One (1) original of the
contract and related back up documentation.
(8) All drawings and the project manual shall
be stamped, sealed and signed by the appropriate Design Professional.
(B) Agencies may invite multiple
bidders, as approved by ABA, which involve proprietary specifications (as
defined in §1-106) because maximizing competition is the goal within the
limited parameters of qualified sources.
3-204 SPLIT PURCHASES
The Section shall not condone splitting of purchases to avoid
these listed bidding procedures. When an Agency is found practicing split
purchases, it shall result in revocation of the Agency's purchasing authority.
Refer to § 3-102.
3-205 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS FOR LEASED
PREMISES (STATE AND NON-STATE PROPERTY)
See Section 5-103 for agency contracting of improvements when the
state is not the owner of the leased premises.
3-300 BIDDING RULES
These bidding rules are applicable to all bids produced by ABA, a
Design Professional or an Agency for state projects. In those instances where
an agency has not contracted for the administrative services of a Design
Professional, the Agency is responsible for performing those duties which
include all phases from bidding to closeout of the project.
3-301 BIDDING PRE-REQUISITES
(A) Before an Agency shall advertise for bids
for construction, all requirements shall be met pursuant to the General
Accounting and Budgeting laws and other applicable laws. Agency officials
(refer to § 3-102) shall follow these bidding rules when processing
bids.
(B) Certification of Project
Amount:
(1) Agencies must have sufficient
appropriations and funds for the capital improvement project prior to the
solicitation of bids. Agencies are responsible for verification or receiving
approval of any Methods of Finance or any sufficiency of funds Agencies must
certify the appropriated amount for the award of the contract. The amount
certified on the project general information sheet is the amount appropriated
as defined in Ark. Code Ann. §
22-9-203(h).
3-302 PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS
(A) Agencies, through their
Design Professional, shall ensure adequate numbers of plans and specifications
be made available to prospective bidders. One set of specifications and
half-sized drawings will be provided to the Section within three (3) days of
the first advertisement, or in the case of an emergency or sole source contract
prior to the issuance to bidders. Failure to do so may cause the delay or
cancellation of the bid date. See Section 2-1603 for plan disbursement
requirements for the successful Contractor at the award of contract.
(B) All drawings and the project manuals
shall be stamped, sealed and signed by the appropriate Design Professional. No
drawing used for the construction project shall be allowed on the site stamped
or otherwise marked as "Not for Construction" or any other similar term. The
Contractor will maintain a set of "approved for construction" drawings on the
job site at all times.
3-303 ADVERTISING / PRE-BID CONFERENCE
(A) Once the plans and specifications have
been given final approval by the Design Review Section the capital improvement
project shall be advertised pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
22-9-201
et seq. and §
19-4-1401 et seq.
Proof of advertising shall be furnished to the Section when the advertisement
is not issued by ABA. The Agency will be responsible for any advertising
costs.
(B)
(1) Pre-Bid Conference / General: While
pre-bid conferences are recommended, they are not mandatory unless so
designated in the plans and specifications. Should an Agency determine that a
pre-bid conference is to be conducted, it should be held at a time and place
after the last advertisement has been published. Design Professionals shall
conduct the meeting and inform all prospective bidders on the substantive
elements regarding the project requirements, special conditions and any other
unique bidding requirements. Contact the Section for additional pre-bid
conference requirements or information.
(2) Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference: Agencies
shall seek approval from the Section by submitting justification as to the
necessity of a mandatory pre-bid conference. Only those unique or special
conditions shall warrant approval. Conditions which can be readily explained in
the project manual, plans or specifications, or all, shall not be sufficient
justification for approval. Design Professionals shall conduct the meeting and
inform all prospective bidders on the substantive elements regarding the
project requirements, special conditions and any other unique bidding
requirements. Design Professionals shall be responsible for establishing the
official beginning of the meeting pursuant to the time stated in the bid
documents. Failure to attend by the established official time and remaining
until Design Professionals terminates the conference shall be grounds for bid
rejection due to unresponsiveness for failure to attend the meeting in its
entirety. However, should the mandatory conference fail to include for
discussion the unique or special conditions approved for the mandatory pre bid
conference, then no bidders shall be rejected for failing to attend and the
project shall be advertised for at least one (1) additional time and shall
provide for a time and place for an additional pre-bid conference which shall
not be mandatory.
3-304 BID ANNOUNCEMENTS
Any interested bidder may sign up (free of charge) for email bid
announcements by going to the ABA website. Bid announcements and bid results
are also posted on the ABA website (www.aba.arkansas.gov).
3-305 BID DATE AND LOCATION
Bid openings will be approved by the Section, only after receipt
of the approval to bid letter from the Design Review Section. Bid openings are
to be held on the premises of ABA unless other locations are approved by the
Section.
3-306 SEALED BIDS
(A) All bids shall be submitted in a sealed
envelope. Bidders shall comply with Ark. Code Ann. §
22-9-204
and the bid documents with respect to the listing of subcontractors. Every
envelope should indicate the name of the bidder, project, project number, date
and time of opening. Bidders utilizing a shipping courier (such as FedEx, UPS,
DHL, etc.) should enclose the bid in an inner envelope with the above stated
information listed. Upon receipt at the Section, or an approved alternate site,
each bid shall be date and time stamped and held in a secure place until the
bid opening. No bid may be surrendered to any person after it has been
submitted except upon written request and authorization from that bidder.
(Refer to Withdrawal of Bids, § 3-323).
(B) All capital improvement bids shall
include all costs such as sales tax, use tax, permits, and insurance. The
Contractor on capital improvement projects, where labor and materials are
furnished as defined by the Arkansas tax laws is the user and is responsible
for the appropriate taxes. There are no provisions for a Contractor to avoid
taxes by using the tax-exempt number of any Agency.
3-307 AUTHORITY FOR OPENING BIDS
The responsibility for the supervision of opening bids is with
the Section, ABA, unless special justification, such as a critical emergency
has been determined by the Section to allow an Agency to open bids under
§3-102. The person authorized to read the bids shall first review the bid
documents to determine if the bid is responsive. Items determining
responsiveness include but not limited to: Bid Form is complete, applicable bid
security in the correct amount, and if a bid bond is utilized as bid security,
the agent's power of attorney as his authority shall be enclosed bid amount
(numerically shown), proper signatures, addenda acknowledgement, corrections or
changes initialed, and applicable subcontractors are listed. Contractors
submitting a bid must be licensed in accordance with the Contractors Licensing
Board. If all documents appear to be properly submitted and executed, the
official may proceed to read the bid. If any statutory formality is omitted,
the bid should be declared non-responsive and remain unread. Formalities other
than statutory may be waived.
3-308 BID OPENING AND RECORDING
(A) Bids shall be opened and read by a
representative of the Section, at the designated time and place.
Representatives of the Agency are recommended to be present at the bid opening.
The Section representative is responsible for establishing the official
expiration of time. In those instances where this is not practical or possible
for the representative to attend the bid opening, the Section, may delegate
this authority to a representative of the Agency. Also see § 3-305 thru
3-307.
(B) Bids may be opened in
any order, but if listed on a prepared tabulation, they should be opened in
such order. The review of licensure and bid security are the responsibility of
the Section or the Agency official depending upon which entity is conducting
the bid opening (see § 3-102). The bid tabulation form must be sent (faxed
or mailed) to the Section within two (2) working days of the bid opening. Refer
to §3-309 for Bid Tabulations.
(C) After the bids are opened and reviewed, a
letter will be sent to the Agency by the Section with the results of the bid
opening along with the apparent low bidder's submittal and a form to be
completed and returned by the Agency to the Section designating one of the
following. The Agency may:
(1) Bid
Acceptance: The letter regarding the bid results must be completed and signed
by the Agency. Agencies shall return the original to the Section.
(2) Rejecting all Bids and Rebidding: If the
Agency wishes to reject all bids and rebid, it shall provide justification to
the Section. Requests for rebids which contain revisions to the bid documents
must be reviewed and approved by ABA before a new bid date will be
set.
(3) Negotiation. The Section
must be contacted before any negotiation can occur. Unless the project was bid
and awarded under the historic site laws, emergency contracting procedures or
the Alternative Delivery method, all negotiations shall be made pursuant to
Ark. Code Ann. §
22-9-203
and requirements under the minimum standards and criteria unless exempted by
law.
(4) Bid or Award Cancellation:
Agencies shall provide written justification to the Section for cancellations
of a bid opening or award of contract.
3-309 BID TABULATION
If bids are opened by the Agency then all tabulations must be
sent (faxed, mailed or electronic email) to the Section within two (2) working
days of the bid opening. Bid tabulations must contain the following information
which includes but is not limited to: the date and time of the bid opening; the
project number; the amount of the bid; the contractor names, whether a bid
security was included along with the bid security amount, and the listing of
any applicable subcontractors. The Section will determine the responsiveness of
all submitted bids. Determination of the lowest responsible bidder is the
responsibility of the Agency. The Section will complete the official bid
tabulation upon the determination.
3-310 SCRIVENER ERRORS
Rejection of a bid due to scrivener error may be made pursuant to
Ark. Code Ann. §
19-4-1405.
The criteria under this law must be met before a bidder may receive relief
including but not limited to serving written notice to the ABA Director any
time after the bid opening, but no later than seventy-two (72) hours after
receiving the intent to award, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and
Holidays.
3-311
CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE
Pursuant to Ark. Code Ann §
17-25-101
et seq., for all state capital improvement projects, including residential
projects, each contractor, including commercial, residential and residential
remodeler, is required to be properly licensed with the Contractors Licensing
Board and should indicate on his bid form his current license number as issued
by the applicable licensing entity. The Section is responsible for licensure
verification as well as the Agency official performing the bid opening pursuant
to §3-102. Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the
authority of Ark. Code Ann. §
17-25-315.
3-312 BID SECURITY
(A) All bids received shall be accompanied by
a bid security for all bids exceeding $20,000. Acknowledgement of the bid
security shall be made aloud. The official reading of the bids shall indicate
the bid security amount, the form of security as either a cashier's check or a
bid bond. The official shall review and verify the bid security including but
not limited to applicable agent licensure and power of attorney. Ark. Code Ann.
§
19-4-1405
and §
22-9-203,
and §
22-9-401 et
seq. govern bid securities for capital improvements.
(B) Failure to execute the Contract, submit
and file an acceptable payment and performance bond, obtain proof of liability
insurance, provide illegal immigration certifications and disclosure documents
pursuant to EO98-04, within the time specified in the bid documents after the
intent to award has been issued to the bidder shall be just cause for the
cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the bid security which shall become
the property of the Agency, not as a penalty but in liquidated damages
sustained. Award may then be made to the next lowest responsible bidder, or the
work may be rebid and constructed under contract or otherwise as the State
determines. The responsible low bidder who fails to execute the Contract will
not be considered for an award of contract on any subsequent bid of that
project.
3-313
SUBCONTRACTOR'S BIDS
The listing of subcontractors on the form of proposal shall be
made pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
22-9-204
and the bid documents. The designated official as stated in §3-308 shall
verify the licenses of the applicable subcontractor's listed.
3-314 ALTERNATES
State projects under ABA jurisdiction shall not include the use
of deductive or additive alternates.
3-315 CONTRACT AWARD
(A) Once the bid results are determined, and
the Agency has requested to enter into a contract, intent to award a contract
shall be prepared by the entity who has contract administration duties. A
contract will not be issued until a performance and payment bond is received in
accordance with Ark. Code Ann. §
18-44-501 et
seq. and §
22-9-401 et
seq. and other applicable documents are properly executed and
received.
(B) Contracts shall be
awarded pursuant to all applicable laws including but not limited to Ark. Code
Ann. §
22-9-201
et seq., and §
19-4-1401 et seq.
No capital improvement contract shall be awarded to other than the lowest
responsible bidder.
(C) The Section
shall retain the original of the contract. Copies of the Contract, the
performance and payment bond, certificates of insurance, disclosure and
certification statements will be forwarded to the Agency project coordinator
upon ABA approval for disbursement. Upon approval the Design Professional may
issue the Notice to Proceed to the Contractor. The Section shall receive a copy
of the notice.
(D) The State
reserves the right to rescind the award of any contract at any time before the
execution of the contract by the parties and approval of ABA without any
liability against the State.
3-316 DAVIS-BACON ACT (Federal Funds)
(A) The Davis-Bacon Act, pursuant to 40
U.S.C. 276(a) et seq., grants to the Secretary of Labor the power to determine
wage rates paid to laborers and mechanics of contractors and subcontractors
engaged in any construction activities supported by federal funds. The
Davis-Bacon and related acts provide prevailing wage protection to workers on
federal funded construction projects. These laws require the payment of locally
prevailing wage rates and fringe benefits to employees of contractors or
subcontractor performing work on federally financed or assisted construction
projects valued in excess of $2,000. Under the provision of the Act, the
Contractor or their subcontractors are to pay workers employed directly upon
the site of the work no less than the locally prevailing wages and fringe
benefits paid on projects of a similar character. The Davis-Bacon Act directs
the Secretary of Labor to determine such local prevailing wage rates.
(B) Agencies are responsible for providing
specific federal regulations, guidelines and procedures as directed by their
Federal Grantor/ funding source to the Design Professional or any party that
will publish work requiring the expenditures of Federal funds.
(C) The advertisement of the notice for such
projects and the invitations for bids shall state that federal funds are being
used and that Davis-Bacon Wage Rates will apply.
3-317 ARKANSAS PREVAILING WAGE RATES
Wage determinations shall be published pursuant to Ark. Code Ann.
§
22-9-301 et
seq., unless exempted. Questions regarding applicability of wage rates should
be made to the Arkansas Department of Labor for prevailing wage applications.
The advertisement of the notice for such projects and the invitations for bids
shall state the State Wage Determinations shall apply whenever
applicable.
3-318
CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
(A) Dollar
amounts and types of coverage limits for all insurance policies shall be set by
the Agency. Deviations from the types of insurance and amounts set less than
what is stated below, shall be documented by the agency and maintained in the
Section project file. Before an Agency enters into a contract for the
construction or alteration of facilities or repairs to existing building,
grounds or facilities, it shall ensure that the Contractor has complied by
showing proof with the following insurance requirements have been
met:
(B) The Contractor shall
purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect him from claims set forth
which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the
Contract, whether such operations be by himself or by anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts may be
liable.
(C) Builder's Risk
Insurance: The Contractor shall procure and maintain during the term of
contract Builder's Risk Insurance or Installation Floater Insurance, and any
extended coverage which shall cover damage for capital improvement projects.
Perils to be insured are fire, lightning, vandalism, malicious mischief,
explosion, riot and civil commotion, smoke, sprinkler leakage, water damage,
windstorm, hail and property theft on the insurable portion of the Project on a
100 percent completed value basis against damage to the equipment, structures,
or material. Exception: Contract documents which do not require coverage based
upon inapplicable coverage (such as demolition or abatement work).
(D) GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: While it is not a
requirement, it is recommended agencies accept policies issued by an insurer
which has a claims paying ability rating of not less than "B+" or better as to
claims paying ability by A.M. Best or not less than "A" by Standard and Poors
rating service, or has an equivalent rating as established by one other
nationally recognized statistical rating organization satisfactory to Agency.
All policies shall contain a waiver of subrogation against the Owner, Owner's
lenders ("Lender") and any designate agent of the representative of Owner
(Owner's Agent").
(E)
CANCELLATION/NOTIFICATION PROVISIONS: Each insurance policy shall contain a
clause providing that it shall not be canceled by the insurance company without
written notice to the Owner of intention to cancel that is in accordance with
Ark. Code Ann. §
23-66-206.
(F) PROOF OF INSURANCE: ABA approval of
contract shall be conditional upon the Contractor providing proof of insurance
to the Owner. The Contractor shall be financially responsible for all
deductibles or self-insured retentions.
(G) EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS: The Contractor
shall be responsible for any loss, damage, or destruction of its own property
or that of any subcontractor's equipment and materials used in conjunction with
the work.
(H) SUBCONTRACTORS: The
Contractor shall require all subcontractors to provide and maintain general
liability, automobile and workers' compensation insurance coverage
substantially similar to those required of the Contractor. The Contractor shall
require certificates of insurance from all subcontractors as evidence of
coverage. Contractor will be the responsible party for any and all claims by
subcontractors if subcontractor fails to have appropriate insurance.
(I) CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS:
(1) Commercial General Liability: The
Contractor shall obtain, at Contractor's expense, and keep in effect during the
term of the contract, Commercial General Liability insurance covering bodily
injury and property damage containing minimum limits of one million dollars
($1,000,0000) written on a per occurrence form with a two million dollars
($2,000,000) aggregate limit. This insurance shall include personal injury
coverage with employment exclusion deleted, and contractual liability. Such
coverage shall include products and completed operations and shall not be
excluded under the commercial general liability insurance. Nothing shall
prohibit an Agency from requiring increased amounts than stated
herein.
(2) Umbrella Liability: The
Contractor shall be required to furnish umbrella liability coverage, and keep
in effect during the term of the contract which provides excess limits over the
primary coverages. Agencies must refer to the recommendation of the Risk
Management division of the Arkansas Insurance Department on the minimum amount
of coverage.
(3) Automobile
Liability: The Contractor shall obtain, at Contractor's expense and keep in
effect during the term of the contract, automobile liability insurance
including hired and non-owned coverage in minimum amounts of one million
dollars (1,000,000) per occurrence.
(4) Workers' Compensation and Employers'
Liability: The Contractor, its subcontractors, if any and all employee
providing work, labor or materials used in connection with this work.
(5) Contractor's Equipment:
(a) The Contractor shall be responsible for
any loss, damage or destruction of its own property or that of any
subcontractor's equipment and materials used in connection with this
work.
(b) Contractor will purchase
at Contractor's own sole cost and expense such policy to cover contractor's
owned property.
(c) Contractor will
provide waiver of subrogation to Owner.
(d) Pollution Liability: If requested by
Owner at any time, Contractor shall, at Contractor's expense, obtain and
maintain in force and effect for the term of the contract Pollution Liability
Insurance covering losses caused by pollution conditions that result from the
performance of the Contract. This requirement also applies to any consultant or
contractor engaged by Contractor or performing construction, geotechnical, well
drilling, abatement activities or contractor services.
(e) Pollution Liability Insurance shall cover
Owner costs and liabilities attributable to bodily injury; property damage,
including loss of use of damaged property or of property that has not been
physically injured; clean-up cost; and defenses, including costs and expenses
(including attorney's fees) incurred in the investigation, defense or
settlement of claims. Contractor shall maintain such insurance in an amount of
at least two million dollars (2,000,000) per loss with annual aggregate of at
least five million dollars ($5,000,000). Nothing shall prohibit Agencies from
increasing the amounts stated herein.
(i) If
coverage is written on a claims-made basis, Contractor represents that any
retroactive dates applicable to coverage under the policy precedes the
effective date of the letter; and that continuous coverage will be maintained
or an extended discovery period will be exercised for a period of three (3)
years or as required by law beginning from the time that services under the
contract are completed.
(ii) If the
scope of work as defined in this Contract includes the disposal of any
hazardous or non-hazardous materials from the Projects site, the Contractor
must furnish to the owner evidence of pollution liability insurance maintained
by the disposal site operator for losses arising from the insured facility
accepting waste under this Contract. Such coverage must be maintained in
amounts conforming to applicable laws, rules and regulations.
(f) Remediation: Remediation
Contractor shall provide liability insurance for the removal or remediation of
asbestos including the transportation and disposals of asbestos waste materials
from the Project site. Limits of insurance shall be not less than those
required under the Commercial General Liability policy. Depending on the nature
and amount of asbestos to be removed/abate, Owner may request higher limits
than those required by the Commercial General Liability policy.
(g) Additional Requirements: All policies
shall be provided by insurers qualified to write the respective insurance in
the State of Arkansas, be in such form and include such provision as are
generally considered standard provisions for the type of insurance
involved.
3-319 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA
Any or all addenda will be acknowledged on the bid form and such
acknowledgment shall be stated during the reading of the bids. Failure by the
bidder to acknowledge all addenda shall be considered as a non-responsive bid.
Every effort should be exerted to eliminate addenda. If addenda are necessary
they should be issued as soon as possible, but in any event not later than
twenty four (24) hours before receiving bids. An addendum, upon approval by the
Section, which only sets a later bid date, may be issued anytime before time
has been called for the opening of bids. While failure to acknowledge all
addenda renders a bid non-responsive, failure to acknowledge addenda which only
sets a later bid date or time, or both, shall not be deemed to be
non-responsive. In the event an addendum requires changes in the scope of the
project, an appropriate extension of the bidding period should be granted.
Changes in the scope of the work or specifications shall require review and
approval by the Design Review Section. No addenda shall be issued without the
prior approval of the Section. Within this subsection, issued means delivery of
addenda by fax transmission to, hand delivered to electronic notification or
picked up by potential bidders who received plans and specifications from the
official plan distribution entity. Design Professionals are responsible for
issuance of all addenda and documentation relating to its issuance (not
receipt). Bidders are responsible for verifying if any addenda were issued
prior to submitting a bid.
3-320 CONTRACT TIME
The period of time allocated for the substantial completion of
the work shall be stated as a calendar date or as calendar days. The Agency,
with input from the Design Professional, shall decide on the amount of
liquidated damages and the amount of such damages to be included in the project
specifications. Refer to § 3-403.
3-321 LATE BIDS
All bids received shall be recorded by date and time on the
sealed bid envelope. The recorded time and date shall be determinative
regarding issues of lateness. Bids received at the office designated in the
invitation to bid, but after the time has been called for receipt will not be
considered, unless, it is determined that the late receipt was due solely to
mishandling by the State after receipt at the State office designated in the
invitation.
3-322
MODIFICATIONS OF BIDS
Bidders may submit written modifications to their bid at any time
prior to the exact time set for receipt of bids. Modifications may be made on
the bidder's envelope. No modifications made shall show the base bid amount.
The bidder must sign any bid modification.
3-323 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
Withdrawal of bids by fax is authorized, but such withdrawal must
be verified by a follow up letter from the bidder before such withdrawal is
finally accepted, but only if the withdrawal is made prior to the time being
called for the opening of the bid. Withdrawal by fax shall only cause the bid
to remain unopened and unread for such period of time as required to receive
confirmation by letter but no later than 3 business days. A bid may also be
withdrawn in person by a bidder, or his representative, provided, his identity
is made known and he signs a receipt for the bid, but only if the withdrawal is
made prior to the exact time set for receipt of bids.
3-324 QUALIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTORS
(A) Contract awards should be made to the
lowest responsible bidder. Breaches of responsibility may include but not
limited to:
(1) Conviction for of a criminal
offense in connection with obtaining or attempting to obtain a public or
private contract or subcontract, or in the performance of such contract or
subcontract.
(2) Conviction under
State or Federal statutes of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery,
falsification or destruction of records, receiving stolen property, or any
other offense indicating a lack of business integrity;
(3) Conviction under State or Federal
antitrust;
(4) Violation of
contract provisions, as set forth below:
(a)
Failure to perform in accordance with the specifications or within the time
limit provided in the state capital improvement contract; or
(b) Failure to perform or unsatisfactory
performance in accordance with the terms of one or more contracts;
(5) Failure to post bid or
performance bonds as required by laws or rules;
(6) Substitution of work or materials without
the prior written approval of the Agency and the Design Professional; however
these approvals shall not in any manner diminish the Section's approval of
change orders;
(7) Failure to
replace inferior or defective work or materials after notification by the
Agency or the Section to which such services or materials has been provided or
delivered;
(8) Refusal to accept a
contract awarded pursuant to the terms and conditions of the contractor's
bid;
(9) Falsifying invoices, or
making false representations to any Agency or State official, or untrue
statements about any payment under a contract or to procure award of a
contract, or to induce a modification in the price or the terms of a contract
to the contractor's advantage;
(10)
Collusion or collaboration with another contractor or contractors in the
submission of a bid or bids that results in, or could result in lessening or
reducing competition for a bid;
(11) Falsifying information in the submission
of any document in any process related to the capital improvement
project.
(12) Failure to make
appropriate and timely payments to their subcontractors;
(13) Any other act or omission the Agency
determines to demonstrate that the Contractor cannot act in a responsible
manner, including but is not limited to suspension or debarment by any other
governmental entity for any cause, which may include but not limited to
Contractors who are suspended or debarred by the State Department of Labor or
deemed unqualified by the Contractor's Licensing Board.
3-325 OBLIGATIONS OF BIDDERS
At the time of opening of bids each bidder will be presumed to
have read and to be thoroughly familiar with the plans and contract documents,
including all addenda. Failure to do so is solely at the bidder's risk. The
failure or omission of any bidder to examine any form, instrument or documents
shall in no way relieve any bidder from any obligation in respect to his bid
pursuant to Arkansas Gross Receipt Tax Rules. Bidders on capital improvement
projects which are not tax exempt; and successful bidders cannot avoid sale or
use taxes for whom they are performing the work for.
3-326 ADDITIONS TO OR DELETION FROM THE
DOCUMENTS
All deletions, changes, additions, or alterations of the bid
documents will be acknowledged and read aloud. If such modifications are not
waived, the bid shall be declared non-responsive and rejected. Corrections or
change of figures must be noted and unless initialed by authorized officials,
shall be sufficient grounds for rejection.
3-327 ANNOUNCING LOW BIDDER
Until such time as the bids have been reviewed and certified, any
announcement or reference to the low bidder will use the phrase, "apparent low
bidder". Contract awards should not be made on the day of bid opening except in
special cases and approved by the Section.
3-328 PROTESTS
Any actual or prospective bidder who is aggrieved in connection
with the project documents, or award of a capital improvement contract has the
right to protest to the Construction Administrator, or the Agency that opened
and read the bid pursuant to §3-102. The protest shall be submitted in
writing within five (5) business days after the bid opening; in the event a
bidder is declared non-responsive or rejected after the five (5) day period,
the bidder shall have three (3) business days from the declaration to submit a
protest. All protests shall identify the project by bid number or with
sufficient detail to identify the project, and shall with specificity, set
forth the allegations of the acts or omissions related to the protest. Since
time is of the essence in award of all capital improvement contracts, protests
and their resolution shall be resolved promptly. ABA shall be informed of
protests to Agency Officials and their response. Subcontractors or suppliers
are not considered bidders under this subsection. Only official representatives
of the actual or prospective bidder may submit a protest. This section shall
not be construed as a waiver of the State's right to reject any or all bids and
to waive any formalities.
Any and all protests regarding the Agency determination of the
lowest responsible bidder shall be made to the Agency with copy to ABA in the
timeframe stated above and in the manner stated in §3-329.
3-329 RESOLUTION OF PROTEST
The Construction Administrator, the Agency official (performing
the bid opening) or a designee of either office shall have authority to settle
or resolve a protest of an aggrieved bidder actual or prospective, concerning
the project bid documents, solicitation, or award of a contract.
3-330 UNSUCCESSFUL BID
In the event no responsive bids are received or the bidders are
deemed not responsible or both, and it is determined by the Section that
further solicitation of bids would be futile, the contract may be awarded to
any available qualified contractor only after obtaining the approval of the
Construction Administrator or designee.
3-400 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION
This section is applicable to all agency capital improvement
projects regardless of whether a design professional has contract
administration duties or not.
3-401 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATIONS
A) The Section has the responsibility of
periodic construction observations on all projects unless exempted. If the
Agency has capital improvement project issues, which need to be addressed
involving the Contractor or the project or both, the Agency should immediately
notify the Section. Pre-construction meetings should include ABA personnel.
Notification of pre-construction meetings shall be provided to the Section five
(5) calendar days prior to the meeting.
B) When the project is presumed to be
complete, the Section shall be notified by the Design Professional so that the
certification of final completion may be signed by the parties, including ABA.
Notification shall be provided to the Section five (5) calendar days prior to
the certification of final completion. Final pay requests and release of
retainage will not be approved by the Section until all close out procedures
have been completed. See § 3-500 through § 3-504.
3-402 INVOICE/PAY REQUEST
(A) All invoices/pay requests shall be
submitted to the Agency. All invoices and pay requests shall be processed in
accordance with §
22-9-201
et seq. and §
19-4-1401 et seq.
If the invoice or pay request is for partial pay, then the amount of retainage
pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
22-9-601
et seq. shall be withheld and shown on the invoice/pay request. No amount of
the retainage shall be released until the conditions under the law are met. If
the invoice/pay request is for full payment, no retainage is
withheld.
(B) The following shall
accompany any partial releases of retainage for phased work as well as the
final pay request:
(1) An affidavit from the
Contractor stating that other than those noted written exceptions no existing
debts are owed and that all payments due to subcontractors or suppliers have
been made regarding the capital improvement project. The Contractor shall
submit a copy with the final invoice/pay request to the Agency. The Agency
shall then submit a copy with pay request to the Section.
(2) Documentation that the Surety Company has
approved and consented to the final payment. Approval of the surety company for
final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve the surety company of any of
its obligations.
(3) Retainage
release pay request package prepared by the appropriate entity and submitted to
the Section, including:
(a) Final pay
request/invoice indicating retainage release executed by the Contractor, Design
Professional and Agency; (not required to be submitted to ABA for phased
completions)
(b) One (1) copy of
the Certificate of Substantial Completion;
(c) Letter from Design Professional verifying
that all punch list items have been completed by the Contractor, and approving
the following if applicable:
(i) Commencement
date of the Contractor's warranty period shall become effective on the date of
substantial completion and shall not be less than one year;
(ii) Roof(s) warranty(s) Installer's warranty
and the manufacture warranty if specified;
(iii) Termite Inspection
Certificate;
(iv) Operational and
Maintenance Manuals;
(v)
Certificate of Air Balance; and
(vi) As built mark up prints and shop
drawings provided by the Contractor for use by the design profession in the
preparation of record drawings. (Not required for phased completions)
(4) Certification of
Final Completion: Certification of final completion will occur when the
Contractor, Design Professional, Owner and ABA have signed and certified the
project meets final completion which includes but not limited to all phases of
the work, closeout documentation has been provided and punch list items are
complete. A meeting with representatives from the parties above, shall occur on
site prior to any project final certification (not required for phased
completions).
3-403 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Any amount of liquidated damages owed by the Contractor to the
Agency for delay in project completion will be calculated by multiplying the
"amount per day" of liquidated damages specified in the contract documents by
the number of days, which occur between the contract completion date (as
amended by applicable change orders) and the date of issue of the certificate
of substantial completion date. Deductions for liquidated damages can be
deducted from the final pay request. Prior to final payment approval and
retainage release, the Agency shall provide to the Section written
documentation and justification regarding any assessment of liquidated damages.
The final payment will be reflective of such actions. The Agency with input
from the Design Professional, shall decide on the amount of liquidated damages
and the amount of such damages to be included in the project
specifications.
3-404
DESIGN PROFESSIONAL CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION RESPONSIBILITIES
(A) After the Design Professional has
received written approval from ABA that the project has been approved for bid,
the Section, shall set a bid opening date, time and place prior to any
advertising for bids. Agency officials pursuant to §3-102 shall coordinate
bid dates with the Section. Bids shall be solicited for the project in
accordance with Arkansas laws and rules (Refer to § 3-200 (B)).
(B) One (1) copy of half size plans and
specifications shall be provided to the Section within three (3) business days
after the first advertisement or plan/specification disbursement. Failure to do
so may cause a delay or cancellation of the bid opening. Any addenda to the
plans and specifications must be reviewed and approved by the Section prior to
issuance. Design Professionals shall submit addenda, which require a change in
scope of work in sufficient time to allow for appropriate ABA review and
comment.
(C) If the bid plans and
specifications have been modified during negotiations (after the bid opening
but prior to the award of contract) then one (1) set of the modified plans and
specifications shall be furnished to the Design Review Section for review and
approval. Upon approval, a set of the final construction documents issued shall
be provided to the Section. Additionally, any modifications to the plans and
specifications after the award of contract shall be submitted to the Design
Review Section for review and approval. Upon approval, a set of plans and
specifications shall be furnished to the Section.
(D) Detailed instructions for Design
Professionals can be found in §2-100 et seq. pertaining to the Design
Review Section. The Section will not approve bid opening time, place, or date
without final plan review and approval from the Design Review Section.
Observation reports shall be submitted by the Design Professional (Refer to
§§2-201, 2-206, and 2-1605.) For payment of professional services,
see §2-308.
(E) Design
Professionals will complete all other contract administrative duties and
responsibilities as noted in the MSC and all other standard services and
responsibilities pursuant to their professional services
contract.
3-405 AWARD OF
CONTRACT
(A) After the lowest responsible
bidder has been determined a letter of intent to award a contract may be issued
by the Design Professional. Once issued, a contract is to be submitted to the
Section, for approval with one complete set of as contracted plans and
specifications (see §3-406). A notice to proceed shall not be issued, nor
is any work to commence until and unless the contract has been approved by the
Section.
(B) No capital improvement
contract shall be awarded to other than the lowest responsible bidder. If the
apparent low bidder is not determined to be the lowest responsible bidder,
Agencies should contact the Section.
Refer also to §§ 3-315.
3-406 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
(A) The Design Professional, will prepare the
construction contract and after execution by the Contractor and Agency, the one
(1) original along with the appropriate documents shall be forwarded to the
Section for review and approval. The following information shall be submitted:
bonds, insurance certificates, proof of advertising if placed by the Agency or
Design Professional, illegal immigration certification, disclosure forms and
documents pursuant to EO 98-04 shall accompany the contract. The Section will
review and approve or disapprove all construction contracts. The ABA contract
number shall be used in pay requests, payments, correspondence, etc.,
pertaining to the contract.
(B) The
Section will retain the original set of documents and copies will be forwarded
to the Agency Project Coordinator for disbursement, to the Contractor and the
Design Professional. The Design Professional shall issue a notice to proceed.
Within ten (10) business days after the decision to proceed, the Contractor
shall submit a complete breakdown of the project cost (schedule of values) and
project schedule to the Design Professional who in turn shall provide such to
the Agency and the Section. No payment shall be made to the Contractor until
the breakdown of project costs and project schedule are provided. The
Contractor shall deliver to the Owner and the Section a copy of the Contract
and Grant Disclosure Statement along with a statement of the listed
subcontractor's contract amounts, subcontractors Grant and Disclosure
statements and any other statements requiring disclosure.
(C) The ABA construction project file shall
contain copies of bonds, contracts, certified bid tabulation, insurance
certificates, Design Professional agreements, proof of advertising, change
orders, observation reports, processing of final payment requests and the
applicable disclosure forms and documents pursuant to EO98-04. Documentation
reflecting justification and approval shall also be contained in the project
file if the contract was made pursuant to historic preservation, alternative
delivery, sole source or emergency procedures.
(D) Refer also to §§ 3-315, 3-503.
Refer to § 3-408 for information regarding contract change
orders.
3-407
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCES
A member of the Section may be available for pre-construction
conferences. All notices of conferences specifying the time, date and location
shall be delivered to ABA no later than working five (5) days before the
scheduled conference date. Conferences shall be conducted at a location
convenient to the site (Agency decision) with all parties (ABA, Agency project
coordinator, Contractor and Design Professional) involved. All necessary
information for discussion shall be made available including but is not limited
to all subcontractors, applications for payments, payment procedures, change
order process, construction time schedule, project superintendence, safety
procedures, etc., that would be of significance to the project. The Design
Professional shall provide the minutes of these proceedings to the parties
involved. The Design Professional shall deliver a copy of the minutes,
including the sign in sheet, to the Section within five (5) business days of
the meeting.
3-408 CHANGE
ORDERS
(A) A change order is an amendment to
the original contract that may include but is not limited to changes in the
dollar value of the contract or the time for completion. Change Orders shall be
submitted for approval to the Section after agreement is reached by the Agency,
Design Professional, and the Contractor as to the change. A Change Order is not
effective until approved by the Section. Emergency change orders may be
effective by following the same rules as emergency contracts. The distribution
of change orders will be the same as the original contract.
(B) The Agency or authorized representative
must submit with the Change Order form documentation stating the work to be
accomplished or deleted, any revisions to the contract time and the exact
dollar amount. In addition to the Section's review and approval of the change
order, the Design Review Section shall review and approve any changes regarding
the scope of the project within its jurisdiction. Submittals shall be in one
(1) original along with the appropriate backup documentation.
(C) The Design Professional shall prepare the
change order and have the Contractor and the Agency and the Design Professional
execute it. After the signatures have been received, the Section will determine
if the documentation is in order and approve the change order accordingly and
provide the copies to the Agency Project Coordinator for disbursement to the
Contractor and Design Professional. The Section shall maintain the original of
the change order. If proper documentation is not provided, the change order
will be returned to the sender.
(D)
Change orders shall be approved by the Section, before work is done, unless
prior approval by the Section has been granted.
(E) The Section shall not be responsible for
review nor approval of change orders on exempt contracts (Refer to §
3-101) unless the change order increases the total contract amount to more than
the exempt amount. If the exempt contract is increased to more than the exempt
amount by a change order, the Agency shall seek approval from the Section by
submitting the original contract or purchase order along with justification for
the increase. Under no circumstances shall an Agency abuse this process to
subvert any law or rule relating to capital improvements.
(F) All drawings pertaining to the work
referenced within the change order shall be stamped, sealed, and signed by the
appropriate Design Professional prior to submission to ABA.
(G) The documentation for change orders shall
include any applicable copies of all requests for pricing from the Design
Professional and responses from the Contractor and the subcontractors. Pricing
and supporting documentation must comply with the contract documents.
3-500 PROJECT CLOSEOUT
(A) Substantial Completion: The Contractor
shall notify all parties involved of the date upon which he will be ready for
substantial completion at least five (5) calendar days in advance. The project
architect or engineer and a representative of ABA and the agency will schedule
and perform the observation to verify if the construction meets substantial
completion status. No statement of substantial completion shall be effective
without the Section's approval. The Agency or Design Professional shall submit
one (1) original and applicable documents to the Section for review and
approval. The Section will retain the original; copies will be forwarded to the
Agency Project Coordinator the Contractor and Design Professional.
(B) Upon completion of the punch list items,
the Contractor may submit a request for final payment. ABA shall be provided
all necessary approvals including consent of surety, release of claims,
certificate of final completion, payment document for final payment from the
Contractor and the Agency's request for final payment. Contractor shall furnish
copies of all maintenance manuals and warranty items to the design professional
prior to the request for final payment. See § 3-402 for required
documentation.
(C) Project Close
Out Finals: The Contractor shall notify the Design Professional that he is
ready for a final review at least five (5) calendar days in advance, at which
time the Design Professional, with the Agency and representatives of ABA will
conduct a final review (walk through); and, if acceptable, accept the facility.
All mechanical, (HVACR-Plumbing), Electrical, or other building systems shall
be checked and inspected completely at the time of final review prior to
project final acceptance. The mechanical system should be balanced once per
each major seasonal change by the Contractor under the administration of the
Design Professional during the first year warranty period as per the project
specifications. Written instructions concerning seasonal adjustment should be
issued to the Agency/Owner for use by the applicable Agency building
maintenance staff. The Design Professional shall provide ABA with a letter
stating that all systems have been inspected and deficiencies listed have been
corrected. Upon completion of the project, a certification of final completions
shall be signed by the Contractor, Design Professional, Agency and
ABA.
(D) When the project has
reached final completion, the Design Professional shall provide to the Section
and Agency Representative a CD Rom with the following information:
(1) Complete bid proposals of all
bidders;
(2) Substantive
correspondence relating to the project;
(3) Complete pay applications and design
professional inspection reports and photos;
(4) Manuals/specification books;
(5) All Contractor warranty and equipment
warranty documents;
(6) Inspection
and permit documents issued by Federal or State entities with approvals
and/acceptance of Work;
(7) All
record documents; and
(8) All
equipment and system inspection and acceptance documents.
The CD-Rom shall be in an ABA approved readable format (MS-Word,
MS-Excel, pdf, jpg, and tif files are acceptable). Failure to provide the above
items may cause delay in the Design Professional's final payment. The
information must be set up within folders for easy discovery. Upon request of
the Design Professional, ABA will provide additional instructions on the
required formatting or placement of documents or both, along with other
requirements of the CD-Rom.
3-501 RECORD DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall, during the progress of the work keep an
accurate record of all changes and corrections from the layouts shown on the
drawings. Record of changes may be kept by accurately marking all changes on a
set of prints during the progress of the job. Exact locations of all
underground utility service entrances and their connections to utility mains as
well as all valves, etc., which will be concealed in the finish work shall be
accurately indicated on the drawings by measured distances. Depths as well as
horizontal distances shall be shown. Upon completion of the work and prior to
final payments, the Contractor shall furnish to the Design Professional, one
(1) set each of "record" reproducible prints legibly and accurately drawn to
indicate all changes, additions, deletions, etc., from the contract drawings.
The Design Professional shall verify and add to information as required and
transmit these reproducible prints to the Agency. On ABA owned property the
Design Review Section shall receive the copy of the "record" drawings of
reproducible prints or cd-rom copies for record keeping. In this instance the
Section will still receive a cd-rom with the above stated data.
3-502 DELIVERY OF GUARANTEES,
BONDS, MAINTENANCE MANUALS
Upon completion of the work and before final payment will be
authorized, the Contractor shall furnish the Design Professional, for review
and approval prior to transmission to the Agency, the Contractor's one-year
acceptance warranty (the warranty period begins upon the date as stated in the
substantial completion document, bonds, roof warranties, termite inspection,
maintenance and operation manuals and operation training, air balance data,
shop drawings, catalog data, as-built "record" reproducible prints, etc., as
called for under the various Divisions of Specifications. Certification of the
above will be made by the Design Professional and attached to the Contractor's
request for final payment.
3-503 COMPLETION CERTIFICATES, AFFIDAVITS
Before final payment the Contractor shall furnish to the Design
Professional one (1) executed copy of the required documents which shall be
attached to the Contractor's request for final payment.
3-504 DUTIES OF DESIGN PROFESSIONALS ON STATE
PROJECTS
(A) The Design Professional shall
maintain up-to-date files on each project, which shall include project plans
and specifications, shop drawings, record drawings, and observations and
inspection reports. The Design Professional shall provide to ABA any and all
applicable contracted medium regarding the project prior to their final
payment. All drawings are the property of the Design Professional; however, the
State retains the right to obtain copies of all drawings upon request and
payment of direct reproduction costs. Drawings produced for State projects
shall not be used or incorporated into any other projects unless permission to
do so is provided in writing from ABA and the Design Professional. Refer to
§2-1605 for Design Professional project observation
requirements.
(B) Design
Professionals shall be responsible for reviewing all closeout documents,
manuals and warranty items for approval and compliance with the contract
documents.
3-600 PAYMENT
REQUESTS
(A) Requests for payments from
capital improvement funds shall be made by the use of a payment document using
the General Accounting Procedures pursuant to AASIS.
(B) Each payment document shall indicate, the
ABA project number and be supported by the Design Professional's certification
of the Contractor's estimates. Estimates must be broken down by units of work
normally used to calculate the work accomplished during the invoicing
period.
(C) The Design Professional
shall conduct site visits to determine the responsibility and performance
required by the Contract Documents. Refer to §2-1605 for Design
Professional's project observation requirements. Observations shall concur with
the Contractor's payment request and shall be submitted in written form with
the pay request.
(D) Observation
reports by Design Professionals are required once a month at a minimum. The use
of the standard A.I.A. Document G-711"Architect Field Report" or
other approved form is acceptable. Reports are to be maintained on file by the
Design Professionals and shall be provided to the Owner/Agency and the Section
on a monthly basis.
Minimal observation reports shall include but not limited to the
following phases of construction:
(1)
Foundation.
(2) Roof
deck.
(3) Roofing and
Insulation,
(4) Mechanical
Equipment Installation.
(5)
Electrical Equipment Installation
(6) Prior to application of interior wall,
backfilling trenches, laying concrete, and ceiling finishes concealing the work
(i.e. plumbing, electrical, HVACR) shall be observed.
(7) Plumbing equipment and
fixtures.
(E) Contractor
final pay requests must be approved by the Design Professional. Payment
requests shall be submitted by the Contractor in one (1) original.
3-601 PAYMENTS
(A) For contracts in which a payment and
performance bond was issued, a copy of all payment documents including labor or
materials or both shall be sent to the Agency for approval prior to any payment
being released. Where a payment document is supported by two (2) or more
invoices, the Contractor shall provide documentation clearly evidencing the
total to be paid. Failure to provide documentation shall result in return of
the payment document to the Contractor.
(B) If pay estimates are not approved, the
Contractor involved shall be notified in writing immediately and shall be
informed as to the reasons for non-approval.
(C) Late payment penalties may be assessed
pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
19-4-1411
and §
22-9-205.
3-602 FINAL PAYMENTS
(A) The following shall accompany the final
payment document for contracts:
(1)
Contractor's invoice.
(2)
Certificate of Final Completion.
(3) Contractor's release of claims.
(4) Consent of surety
(5) Agency request for final
payment.
(6) The Design
Professionals acceptance and certification letter.
3-603 DELAY IN PROCESSING PAYMENT
DOCUMENTS
Any penalties for the delay in processing of payments may be
processed in accordance with Ark. Code Ann. §
19-4-1411,
§
22-9-205.
3-700 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT
ALTERNATIVE DELIVERY METHODS
Pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
19-4-1415,
ABA, unless exempted by law, has authority to approve and administer contracts
(contractor, construction manager, architect or engineer) for projects that
exceed $5,000,000, which are awarded through negotiations instead of the bid
process. This type of alternative delivery method of contract shall be referred
to as "negotiated work".
3-701 PROJECT CRITERIA
(A) Agencies may utilize "negotiated award"
status for projects, which include but are not limited to the following
criteria: Project's programming requires "Fast Tracking"; traditional
design-bid-build process is less fiscally advantageous than negotiated work;
and negotiated work is more practical for project needs.
(B) Prior to utilization of negotiated award,
Agencies shall make a written request and provide justification to the ABA
Director for the use of alternative methods and give justification for an
alternative delivery method pursuant to § 3-700. The ABA Director may
approve the request after reviewing the documents submitted. The Agency shall
cooperate with the ABA Director if more information is requested. If approved
by the ABA Director, the Agency shall then submit the project for review by the
Arkansas Legislative Council. No contract shall be awarded without the approval
of ABA and Legislative Council review.
3-702 SELECTIONS AND CONTRACT AWARD PROCESS
(A) All selection processes involving the
Design Professional, Contractor or contract manager shall be made in accordance
with §3-700. See also §2-1700 for the Design Professional selection
process.
(B) The pre-selection
committee shall consist of five (5) members. The ABA Director shall determine
the two (2) members from ABA. The respective Agency director shall determine
the three (3) members of the Agency.
(1) A
request for proposals (RFP) shall be made in accordance with §3-700. The
Agency shall prepare all RFPs. ABA shall approve the draft of the RFP prior to
its publication. RFPs for Contractor's services shall have a statement in
regards to the state or federal prevailing wage.
(2) The pre-selection team shall meet at a
designated time and place to review the proposals. No more than five and no
fewer than three applicants shall be selected. ABA may waive the minimum amount
if less than 3 proposals are submitted. The Agency shall notify the finalists
within five (5) business days of the selection determination.
(C) The final selection committee
shall consist of three (3) members of the Agency. The Agency director shall
determine the members of the final selection committee. The Agency shall notify
ABA and the finalists of the time and date that the final selection interviews
will be held. The Agency shall notify the successful finalist within five (5)
business days. While ABA may attend the final selection meeting, it shall not
vote in the matter.
(D) The State
reserves the right to reject any and all proposals and to waive any formality
in the negotiation and award process.
(E) Once the final selection is determined,
the Agency may begin to enter into final negotiations with the successful
finalist. Nothing shall prohibit the Agency from entering into negotiations
with other finalists, if final negotiations are not successful.
(F) Before ABA may approve any contracts:
(1) The contractor, engineer, architect, or
construction manager shall be licensed in accordance with
§3-700;
(2) Contract Documents
shall be reviewed in accordance with all related laws and rules and the ABA
Division 00 requirements and §2-706
(3) The Contractor or Contract Manager (Refer
to §3-315) shall submit a performance and payment bond(s); and
(4) Insurance amounts and processes relating
to such shall be in accordance with §3-318;
3-703 CONTRACT OVERSIGHT
The Section has contract oversight and responsibility.
(A) The Design Professional shall provide the
Section current approved for construction plans and specifications as the
project progresses. The plans will be in half size. A copy of the plans and
specifications that the GMP is established on will be provided to the Section,
the Design Review Section, Agency official, and Contractor and the plans and
specifications will be stamped or duly noted as "Guaranteed Maximum Price" and
"Approved for Construction" with the date and signature and/or seal of the
Design Professional. For additional Design Professional requirements see
§2-1706.
(B) Phased Fast Track
Projects: Notice to Proceed will be issued to the Contractor for each approved
for construction phase of the work. No work may commence on any phased of work
without ABA approval.
3-800 CAPTIAL IMPROVEMENTS HISTORIC SITES
Pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §§
22-9-208
through
22-9-211,
ABA, unless exempted by law, has authority to approve and administer contracts
for projects awarded pursuant to the Historic Site laws:
§22 -9-208 - Legislative intent and construction
§22 -9-209 - Advertising of contracts
§22 -9-210 - Award of Contract
§22 -9-211 - Payment
3-801 Project Criteria
Agencies requesting to utilize the Historic Site method of
contracting shall send written request and justification to the ABA Director
for placement on the ABA Council agenda. Upon ABA Council approval, the request
may be forwarded for review by the Arkansas Legislative Council and approval by
the Chief Fiscal Officer of the State. Nothing shall prohibit an agency from
applying for Legislative Council review prior to the ABA Council review
approval.
SECTION FOUR BUILDING OPERATIONS
4-100 INTRODUCTION
The following minimum maintenance standards & criteria are
established pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
22-2-101 et.
seq. These standards are designed to address the areas of management,
maintenance and operation of all public buildings and capital improvements in
order to provide a clean, safe and comfortable working environment for
employees and the public of the State of Arkansas. Any reference to the words
"the Section" within Section Four shall mean the Building Operations
Section
4-101 PREVENTIVE
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
(A) In an effort to
sustain safe and comfortable working environment in state owned buildings, the
following requirements shall be performed pursuant to applicable state and
federal laws and regulations; and in a manner deemed appropriate by the Agency
director responsible for the maintenance and operations of the state owned
building:
(1) Work Authorization System: The
Building's Maintenance Office shall maintain a work-order system which provides
for a method of documentation.
(2)
Equipment Inventory: Building maintenance offices shall have a complete
inventory of building equipment requiring regular maintenance attention which
can be documented. This inventory should include, but should not be limited to
air conditioning machines, boilers, pumps, fans, air compressors and other
building service system components.
(3) Technical Library: Each building
maintenance office shall maintain a library of as-built (record) drawings which
show structural, architectural plan, mechanical systems, electrical systems,
site details and manufacturers operating manuals necessary to operate and
maintain the physical plant.
(4)
Plant Logs: All buildings with central heating and cooling systems shall
implement the use of daily logs to record boiler and water chiller operations.
Logs should indicate the unit number and location of the equipment and in
addition be initialed and dated. The building maintenance official is
responsible for development of log forms to the building's specific mechanical
and electrical systems. Information on the log sheet shall include but is not
limited to steam pressure, sight glass on boilers, water temperature (out and
return), blow down, chemical test, safety valve test, low water test, pumps
checked, and the night set back status for boilers; the date and time for air
temperature for ambient space, the compressors' oil level/temperature
reservoir/leaving the cooler/pressure, the gears' oil level/temperature,
chillers' water temperature in/out, refrigerators' level/pressure/temperature,
the condensers' water temperature in/out and refrigerators' pressure for
chillers.
(5) Equipment Maintenance
Records: Building maintenance offices shall have a preventive maintenance
program on all equipment requiring regular maintenance attention. This program
should consist of documented schedules of regular preventive maintenance
assignments and documentation reflecting maintenance is being performed on a
regular basis. Building maintenance offices shall also maintain adequate
records of repair history of major components of equipment. In addition, if the
Owner Agency utilizes maintenance contracts or extended warranties on equipment
or materials, (beyond the one year contractor warranty for new construction),
the maintenance offices shall maintain a list of the contacts (name and phone
numbers) for the warranties along with a description of what the contract or
warranty covers and the expiration date of the warranty. Maintenance staffs are
expected to implement timely repair and maintenance procedures that are
adequate to preserve the serviceability of all building systems.
(6) Chemical Water Treatment: All buildings
with central heating and cooling systems shall use a water treatment program to
prevent corrosion, scale, and algae build-up. Each building maintenance office
shall maintain a record of water test analysis performed on a monthly basis
during the respective heating and cooling seasons.
(7) Painting: Facilities shall be painted on
an as needed basis to preserve surfaces against deterioration.
(8) Roof Maintenance: Maintenance offices
shall inspect all building roofs on a periodic basis and maintain a record of
those inspections. Built-up roofs shall be inspected twice a year. All roofs
shall be inspected immediately after severe weather events. Maintenance staffs
are expected to repair or cause to be repaired on a timely basis and implement
maintenance procedures of roofs, roof drains, scuppers, base flashing, and
gutters that are adequate to prevent deterioration of the roof and
building.
(9) Masonry Maintenance:
Masonry walls will be water-proofed, caulked, repainted and repaired with
sufficient frequency to preserve surfaces and maintain a reasonably attractive
appearance.
4-102 BUILDING CLEANING AND GENERAL BUILDING
MANAGEMENT
(A) The following requirements and
schedules shall be performed pursuant to applicable state and federal laws and
regulations; and in a manner deemed appropriate by the Agency director
responsible for the maintenance and operation of the state owned building:
(1) Building Cleaning: All buildings shall be
cleaned with adequate frequency and diligence to protect the public health, and
maintain the aesthetics of interior surfaces.
(2) Emergency Procedures: All buildings shall
have an evacuation procedure to follow in the event of fire, bomb threats, or
other emergencies. Building management shall conduct a fire drill at least once
each year. Evacuation plans shall be posted in conspicuous locations along all
evacuation routes to allow occupants and visitors to quickly determine the
nearest path of egress in an emergency.
(3) Landscape Maintenance: All maintenance
offices shall maintain grounds, malls, plazas, walks, parking lots, and streets
in a manner designed to preserve the state's investment in
landscaping.
(4) Energy Management:
All building management offices shall have in place an on-going energy
management program, designed to operate the facility/facilities in an efficient
and economical manner. Set points should be inspected on an as needed basis but
no less than once per quarter.
(5)
Energy Conservation: Agencies shall maintain their facilities in accordance
with their approved Strategic Energy Plan (StEP) in accordance with laws (see
Ark. Code Ann. §
22-3-2001
et seq.), rules and EO 09-07 regarding sustainability and energy
efficiencies.
4-103 BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS:
(A) Each Owner Agency Director shall be
responsible for developing and administering the building rules and regulations
for his building and property. The rules and regulations should be provided to
the building tenants in a written and bound form. The following requirements
and schedules shall be performed pursuant to applicable state and federal laws
and regulations; and in a manner deemed appropriate by the owner Agency
director responsible for the maintenance and operation of the building.
(1) Parking: Parking should not be allowed in
fire lanes.
(2) Weapons: Pursuant
to Arkansas Code Annotated §
5-73-306(10)
concealed weapons are prohibited to be carried into any state office. Law
Enforcement, Law Enforcement Retirees, and Parole Board Members who meet the
criteria under Ark. Code Ann. §
5-73-301 et seq. (Law
Enforcement), §
12-15-202
(Law Enforcement Retirees) and §
16-93-209
(permits issued to Parole Board Members) may carry a concealed handgun onto
state property. This prohibition does not affect items considered to have
historic, archival or educational purposes and have been approved by the
director of the agency where the item will be stored or exhibited.
(3) Alcoholic Beverages and Controlled
Substances: No alcoholic beverages or controlled, non-prescribed substances are
allowed inside the building or on property grounds. Alcoholic beverages should
not be allowed on the property (building or grounds) except as authorized by
state laws, regulations or governor's directives.
(4) Disturbances: No conduct shall be allowed
which creates a loud or unusual noise or nuisance; or which obstructs the usual
use of entrances in an emergency; or in any manner creates a security or safety
risk or endangers the safety of the building tenants or the public.
(5) Posting and Distribution of Materials: No
signs shall be posted in the common or public areas of the building except as
authorized by Building Operations officials.
(6) Assembly: Agency Heads, or Designees,
reserve the right to: limit the number of persons entering their office area;
demand that the premises be vacated and, if needed, call authorized Law
Enforcement Officers to assist in such.
(7) Preservation of Property: The improper
disposal of rubbish on property; the willful destruction of or damage to
property; the theft of property; the creation of any hazard on property; the
throwing of articles of any kind from or at the building or climbing on any
part of a building or structure shall be prohibited.
(8) Persons entering ABA buildings and
facilities shall upon request:
(i) sign in by
providing both full (not initials) first and last name; and
(ii) provide proper identification.
(iii) Entry may be refused to anyone not in
compliance with (i) or (ii), or both.
SECTION FIVE
REAL ESTATE SERVICES
5-100 PURPOSE
This manual has been compiled to provide every state agency,
board or commission with written standards for the most economical and
efficient utilization of space and with written procedures to be followed in
leasing that space. Any reference to the words "the Section" within Section
Five shall mean the Real Estate Services Section.
5-101 REAL ESTATE SERVICES RESPONSIBILITY
Pursuant to the Arkansas Building Authority Act (Ark. Code Ann.
§
22-2-102
et seq.), the Real Estate Services Section of ABA is the leasing agency for all
state agencies (agencies, boards, commissions and institutions of higher
education).
(A) The Section has the
responsibility to act as the leasing agent for all state agencies, and
component parts thereof, acting either as Lessor or Lessee, including space in
all private sector and public buildings.
(B) The Section shall with input from the
agency, evaluate, determine and approve the needs of the Agency. The Section
shall locate appropriate rental space, and act as the agent for the Agency in
negotiation of the lease for such rental space.
(C) Pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
22-2-114(a)
(2), all state agencies shall execute and
enter into leases with the Section when so requested for the leasing or renting
of space and facilities in any public buildings.
(D) Any Agency or component thereof, making a
request for lease space shall submit justification to the Section in written
form with the signature of the agency's Director or an authorized designee
thoroughly outlining information which includes but is not limited to the
Agency division(s) to occupy the space, the date of the request and the date
the space is needed, the name and phone number of the agency contact person,
the type of space needed, location needs, special location factors, terms
desired, budgeted amounts for rents, operational costs, and anticipated moving
expenses, alterations or special requirements, and parking requirements. This
written request shall be submitted ninety (90) days prior to the date the space
is needed and shall contain the following additional information:
(1) List of positions to occupy the space and
the functions of each position by state employment grade.
(2) List of special requirements such as
telecommunications room, library, hearing room, conference room, etc. and the
function of those requirements. List any other pertinent information that would
affect the planning of the space needs and the efficient operation of the
Agency, including special HVAC requirements, i.e. ventilation for specific
areas.
(3) List of storage
requirements.
Requests not containing this information shall be returned to the
Agency without action. The Section shall locate appropriate space and negotiate
a lease between the facility owner and the Agency. If space is available in a
public building, the lease will be negotiated for placement in the public
building. If space is not available in a public building, then the Section
shall obtain adequate space in a privately owned facility. It is unlawful for
agencies to enter into any lease negotiations with any building owner or
manager without the approval of the Section (See Ark. Code Ann. §
22-2-114(a)(1).
If such negotiations take place, the lease shall not be ratified. If the Agency
requests the lease document be ratified, the Agency shall be required to appear
before the ABA Council at the next regular meeting to explain their actions and
the reasons for ratification.
(E) Standards for the utilization of space
and the allocation of space to state agencies have been adopted by the Council
and are a part of these standards as found in Section 5-104. These standards
shall be used as a basis for all planning, leasing of space, allocation of
space, or advising state agencies on leasing considerations. When available,
the Design Review Section may provide or assist in space planning services
through the Section.
(F) The
Council has adopted a standard lease form for leasing of privately owned
facilities and a standard form for leasing of ABA owned properties. Copies of
these forms are located at the end of this section.
(G) Preferences to leased property within a
Central Business District shall be granted pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
22-2-114(a)(5)(A).
The Section shall grant preferences in accordance with applicable laws and in
the following manner:
GUIDELINES FOR CONSIDERATION OF LEASE PROPERTIES:
(1) Establish a rating system for Evaluation:
5 - Excellent "As is" condition meets applicable codes and
compliance; premises can easily conform to state's need and meets space
criteria.
4 - Very Good Some modifications are necessary for occupancy but
are reasonable and achievable; can conform to the state's need and
criteria.
3 - Acceptable Numerous modifications and building system
replacement or upgrade are necessary to meet codes and compliance, but
achievable. Some compromise may be necessary in space planning to satisfy
need.
2 - Fair Extensive modifications required to meet criteria; space
planning for maximum efficiency of space will be compromised; restricting
flexibility
1 - Not Acceptable Modifications required far exceed the
feasibility to conform. Structurally inferior and not adaptable to meet the
space need and criteria.
(2) Survey Area for Available Properties:
Upon receipt of space request, the Real Estate Section shall
conduct a visual survey and consult the Available Space Database maintained by
the Section for properties available for Lease. The Section may choose to
advertise the space through the local newspaper or ABA website (www.aba.arkansas.gov) or both.
(3) Evaluate Property:
(a) Survey all properties by visual
inspection and assess condition of building systems;
(b) Obtain plans or specifications from the
property owner if available;
(c)
Determine property's ability to conform to space need;
(d) Compile a summary of modifications
required to conform to state needs.;
(4) Obtain Proposal:
(a) Provide property owner a summary of
observed modifications (additional modifications may be necessary with more
extensive inspection);
(b) Provide
property owner a description of the space request and provide specifications
and floor plan if available;
(c)
Obtain a lease proposal inclusive of the initial recommended modifications and
lease criteria; and
(d) Confirm
terms with property owner/agent.
(5)
Rating Properties by
Categories:(a) Divide the available
properties into one of two categories:
(1)
Located within the Central Business District (CBD)
(2) Located outside the CBD
(non-CBD)
(b) Rate the
properties according to the established rating system in 1.
(c) The following factors should be taken
into consideration:
(1) Cost-effectiveness by
the State to meet the space criteria
(2) Level of compromise by the State to meet
the need
(3) Restrictions or
impairments in use or access
(d) Determine the highest rated property for
each category (CBD/non-CDB)
(6)
Comparison of Proposals
The highest rated CBD and non-CBD properties will be compared. If
the CBD property meets all criteria and does not restrict or impair the
services for which the lease is intended or the rental rates are justified in a
non-CBD location, the CBD property will be granted the preference.
Nothing in the above and foregoing section will prevent the State
from leasing with a non-CBD property owner in accordance with Ark. Code Ann.
§
22-2-114(a)(5)(A).
(H) The Section may
utilize a Request for Proposal (RFP) selection process when locating lease
options in response to an Agency's request for lease space in excess of 5,000
square feet and for a term up to ten (10) years. The Section will advertise
through local newspapers and the ABA Website, such leasing needs; and will
provide RFP packages to any property owners or managers interested in
submitting a proposal in response to the RFP inquiry. This procedure awards
based on selected criteria evaluation. Those proposals submitted with the
proposed physical address found within the Central Business District (CBD) of
the requested city shall earn the maximum weighted value for the "Location"
criteria of the evaluation portion of the RFP selection process unless
otherwise stated. The lease award shall be given to the proposal which, in the
opinion of the Section and the Agency, serves the best interests of the State
and is in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Nothing in this
section shall prohibit the Section from negotiating directly with a Lessor
without utilizing the RFP process if it determines that it is in the State's
best interest to do so.
(I) The
Section may also utilize a formal bid procedure for the leasing of new
construction(contract is between the private lessor and the prime contractor)
when locating lease options in response to an Agency's request for lease space
in excess of 10,000 square feet and for a term of fifteen (15) years. The
bidding and award of contracts under the public works laws do not apply. The
Section will advertise this request for formal bids through local newspapers
and the ABA Website and will provide formal bid packages to any interested
party. This is a two step process:
(1) the
site submittal(s) and approval(s); and
(2) submission of a bid consisting of a price
per square foot. Bidders who obtain an option to purchase of sites they propose
in step #1 above, shall obtain ownership of the property pursuant to the time
frame established within the bid criteria upon acceptance of their bid. The
State reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any
formalities. At the public bid opening, the Section shall open and compare the
bids and thereafter award the lease to the lowest responsible bidder, but only
if it is the opinion of the Section and the Agency that the best interests of
the State would be served thereby and in accordance with applicable laws and
regulations. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the Section from
negotiating directly with a Lessor without utilizing the bid process if it
determines that it is in the State's best interest to do so.
(J) If determined by the Section
to be in the State's best interest, the Section may enter into a negotiated
lease for a lease term which longer than any of the terms stated in (H) or (I)
should the Lessor provide the State or any entities, or both, an option(s) to
purchase the premises. While the Lessor and the Section may negotiate
additional lease terms and conditions within the lease or subsequent
amendments, the standard terms/conditions contained within the promulgated
lease form at the time of execution shall prevail should any conflict arise
between any standard terms or conditions or both and any non-standard term(s)
or condition(s) or both.
5-102 DETERMINATION BY ABA OF DESIRABILITY OF
AVAILABLE SPACE
(A) Square Footage: A
comparison of the square footage required to satisfy Agency needs with the
square footage available in a given facility. Space leased shall be no more
than 5% less nor 15% greater than stated Agency needs. Square footage required
shall be determined according to the § 5-104 of this document.
(B) Analysis of Building Facilities: An
analysis of the sustainable and energy-efficiency qualities and condition of
building facilities, including mechanical systems, elevators, toilets, parking,
public/common areas, building envelope (window wall, windows & doors),
location relative to associated agencies, availability of storage and proximity
to the other related offices of association.
(C) Operational cost of occupying the space
for the term of the lease:
(1) Annual square
foot cost of the leased space;
(2)
Cost of interior modifications or TI Allowance (tenant improvement) provided by
Lessor;
(3) The availability of all utility services
and their estimated cost, if not included in the lease through utility history,
if available by the Lessor;
(4)
Cost of janitorial services if not included in the lease;
(5) Any other factors which would affect the
actual cost to the Agency, i.e. parking, additional electrical requirements,
custom furniture and fixtures, etc.
(D) Time factors affecting need for
space.
(E) Capacity to accommodate
future need of the Agency for space and services.
(F) Handicapped Accessibility and Special
Accommodations: All buildings leased or rented in whole or in part for use by
the state under any lease or rental agreement entered into shall be in
accordance with the contractual terms and applicable accessibility guidelines.
In all instances in which a Lessee employs an individual or individuals who
require an emergency evacuation auxiliary aid to safely exit state-owned
property during emergency situations, the Lessee is required to, and is solely
responsible for obtaining, maintaining and training in the use of the said
auxiliary aid. Any necessary installation of said device shall be coordinated
with the approval of the Lessor.
(G) All leases shall be made pursuant to the
Governor's Executive Order 98-04. Disclosures shall be made pursuant to the
order and all necessary forms shall be completed and sent to the Section.
(1) All Lessors and Lessees shall be required
to complete a disclosure certification form regarding their utilization of
services of any real estate broker(s) for any and all lease
negotiations.
5-103 ABA POLICY FOR LEASING
(A) Pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
22-2-114(a)(1),
no Agency, board, or commission may renew or negotiate a lease, the Section is
the responsible leasing agent for all state agencies.
(B) Requests for lease action (whether lease
renewals or request for new or additional space) shall be submitted to the
Section at least ninety (90) days prior to the effective date of the space
request or change is needed. The Request shall be submitted to the Section and
shall include the information indicated in paragraph 5-101(D) of this document.
This information should be as complete and accurate as possible since it will
be used to determine space allocation to the Agency.
(C) All leases for real property, including
but not limited to offices, parking, storage, warehouses, land, antenna and
towers must be approved by the Section and require a Lease Number assigned by
the Section. The approved lease number must be used by all agencies.
The only exception shall be for short term use of facilities.
Memorandums of Understanding or other type of agreements should be utilized.
Examples of these types of agreements that are exempt from the Section approval
are:
(1) Classrooms (from 1-9
months)
(2) Per Seat Fees
(3) Per Semesters
(4) School Years (9 months)
(5) Short Term Specialty Classes
(6) Golf, Bowling, Gyms, Spa's for
classes
(7) Conference/Meeting
Rooms (from 1-10 days)
(8)
Workshop/Seminars
(9) Fair
Booths
(10) Testings
(11) Graduations
(12) Ball Fields (including seasonal
rentals)
(13) Short-term Storage
(less than 1 year)
(14) Modular
Units (less than 1 year)
(a) Memorandum of
Understanding Exemption: Lease of modular units (portable buildings) for a
period of 1 year or more shall be submitted to the Section in the same manner
as traditional office space and shall require ABA approval. ABA recommends the
lease of modular units should be planned on a temporary basis and not be
utilized as a long term or permanent use of space. Examples of temporary use
are as follows: utilization for disaster relief, while a facility is undergoing
a capital improvement, temporary classroom space due to over-enrollment or
temporary use for a site specific special program.
(D) Lease space will be provided
to or negotiated for agencies on the basis of the Agency's submittal of the
completed request for lease space with an authorizing signature and the
Agency's justification for the existing need.
(E) Space in public buildings shall be
negotiated pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
22-2-114.
The number of moves will be kept to a minimum and efforts will be made that
functional area remain as contiguous space.
(F) All leases may be terminated on thirty
(30) days written notice to the Lessor if State or Federal appropriations of
funds are insufficient for the Agency to continue the operations for which the
leased premises are being used.
(G)
When negotiating rental rates, the State will not exceed the rental rate
prevailing in the community for comparable facilities. Annual square foot price
limits will be based on current market conditions in a locality, and rental
rates will vary from city to city in the state. State policy for rental rates
will reflect the state's position as a prime tenant. New Leases shall be
supported by documentation which will reflect the lease rates available for
comparable facilities in the market at the time the new lease was
negotiated.
(H) It is preferable
for the private sector Lessor to furnish all utilities except telephone/data
and to furnish janitorial service. Private sector Lessors shall be required to
provide maintenance of the building and building systems in all circumstances.
However, in those instances involving consideration in the nature of a public
advantage, in which the lease is negotiated in favor of the State in such
instances as a significant reduction in rent or an exchange-in-services
arrangement, or both, the requirement that the private sector Lessor provide
all maintenance for the building and building systems, or casualty insurance
may be exempted if it is determined to be in the best interests of the
State.
(I) All State Agencies must
receive invoices submitted by the Lessor to process rental vouchers. While rent
may be paid monthly or quarterly, prior ABA approval is required for annual
payment(s) and shall be reflected in the lease.
(J) Rentable area shall be computed by the
standard method of floor measurement as adopted by the Building Owners and
Managers Association International (BOMA). ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-2010, as
amended.
(K) Rental overlap,
between the beginning date of a new lease for different premises and the last
date of occupancy for existing premises, shall be held to a minimum and shall
only occur when moving arrangements require an overlap.
(L) The Section will serve as contact between
the Agency and Lessor or as the contact between the Agency and the tenant when
the Agency is the Lessor in all matters pertaining to the lease prior to lease
execution. Agencies shall be permitted to contact the Lessor for day-to-day
issues, including but is not limited to invoices/payments, routine maintenance
and repairs, and annual inspections. Agencies shall report any and all
non-routine maintenance and repair issues to the Section. The Section shall act
as the liaison between the two parties should lease interpretation and terms
enforcement become necessary.
(M)
Whenever possible, the Section shall lease space requiring only renovations
necessary to accommodate the requesting Agency. Renovations shall always be
held to the absolute minimum necessary to allow the Agency to function in the
leased space. When renovation is necessary, the cost of such renovation shall
be borne by the Lessor except when such renovation is to accommodate specific
agency functions, which would be of no use or value to future tenants. It is
the policy of the State to encourage the Lessor to provide any special
alterations and improvements required to make the space suitable for the
requesting agency, and to recapture this expenditure over the term of the lease
as part of the rent. Lump sum payment by the State for improvements shall
require prior approval of ABA. After the initial lease is in place and during
the lease term, if the Agency requests tenant improvements, these guidelines
must be adhered to:
(1) Request for Lease
Action form containing information in 5-101(D);
(2) For work estimated under $5,000.00, the
requirements in (1) must be approved by the Section;
(3) For work whereby the agency contracts
(outside of the Lease Agreement and payment is not made through rent) for the
work directly with a Contractor and is estimated over $5,000.00 but less than
$20,000.00, the requirements in (1) must be approved by the Section and the
Agency must submit it to the Section along with: a bid tabulation of three (3)
competitive bids in which all taxes, permit fees are inclusive in the bids; bid
specifications and drawings; any disclosure forms required under Executive
Order 98-04; any required bonds and the purchase order. Any required notice of
legal advertising must be made in accordance with Arkansas laws and rules;
and
(4) All work whereby the agency
directly contracts (outside of the Lease Agreement and payment is not made
through rent) for the work with a prime contractor and is estimated over
$20,000.00 must be formally bid in accordance with Arkansas laws and
regulations including but not limited to the public works laws. The
requirements found in (3) above apply and must be submitted to the ABA
Construction Section.(1) Through (4) only can occur after the lease has been
amended to allow the State to make these alterations if the current lease does
not authorize these type improvements. All of #1, #2, and #3 and #4 would apply
when the State pays a lump sum for the work to a contractor, not to the Lessor.
The State can contract directly with the Lessor only when the Lessor held that
right in the State approved lease or in an amendment. In these circumstances,
the Agency would use sole source purchasing procedures. This method is the
least desirable. However, situations may occur where there is no other
alternative.
(5) If the Lessor
cannot or will not provide for design professional services, the selection of
such professionals shall be the responsibility of the Agency. (See the
selection process in Section Six). Plans and specifications shall be made
pursuant to Ark. Code Ann. §
22-9-201,
which requires observation by registered design professionals for certain
levels of expenditures.
(N) Modular office space leased and occupied
by state agencies for one (1) year or more are considered leased space.
Requests for this type of temporary space should be processed in the same
manner as requests for new or additional space. (See
§5-103(C)(14)(A))
(O)
Pass-through escalation clauses in which the State agrees to pay all increases
in property taxes, services, and/or utilities shall not be negotiated, nor
approved. Escalations shall be predetermined and negotiated with the original
lease agreement.
(P) Information
concerning leases shall be released pursuant to the Arkansas Freedom of
Information Act.
(Q) When space has
been located which meets the requested criteria, the Section shall negotiate
and prepare for signature the standard State lease agreement. The agreement
shall be signed by Lessor, Lessee, and approved by ABA. No lease document is
valid unless signed by the proper ABA authorities. The Section shall ensure
distribution of lease copies to the Lessor and Lessee.
(R) Agencies may enter into leases for
residential dwellings or apartment-type facilities for use as living quarters,
no lease, except for use as living quarters, shall be entered into which the
premises is located in residential dwellings or in apartment type dwellings.
(Example: A room in a residence cannot be leased as office space.)
(S) All leased premises for agencies not
located within a state-owned building must be identified with a separate
address for each defined premises. Leased premises shall not be shared with any
private entity or use, other than for official state or public purposes. The
leased premises shall have a separate entrance from any other place of business
unless the premises is supported by funding, such as grant programs, stipulated
by an agreement with other entities which includes but is not limited to
agencies and political subdivisions. All non-state Lessors or Sublessors shall
state within the Lease Agreement their ownership or subletting rights of the
leased premises.
(T) While lease
agreements may reflect that office furnishings or equipment is being utilized
or shared, the lease for such commodities may only be made with approval from
the Department of Finance and Administration. Such reflections in the lease
agreement for the premises must be identified through an itemized inventory and
attached as a lease exhibit. Lease agreements, which combine the use of the
premises and commodities, are discouraged and should only be done if it is in
the best interest of the State. The use of separate lease agreements for such
commodities is encouraged.
(U)
Agencies entering into Memorandum of Understandings for tine purpose of
planning temporary space in tine event of disasters shall submit tine executed
agreement to tine Section even though ABA is not a party to tine agreement.
Agencies shall provide immediate notification to ABA upon activation of tine
agreement due for disaster relief.
5-104 ABA SPACE ALLOCATION STANDARDS FOR
LEASE SPACE
(A) Private Offices
|
Area
|
(1) Commissioner or Department Director
|
240
|
(2) Deputy Commissioner or Deputy Director
|
200
|
(3) Departmental Division Director or
Administrator
|
180
|
(4) Chief Departmental Fiscal or Personnel Officer
|
160
|
(5) Section Head
|
140
|
(6) Professional or Technical
|
120
|
(7) Line Staff positions requiring private office due to
job function
|
100 |
(B) Reception and Public Areas
|
Area
|
(1) Receptionist + 4 Visitors
|
120
|
(2) Receptionist + 6 Visitors
|
160
|
(3) Receptionist + 8 Visitors
|
220
|
(4) Receptionist + 10 Visitors
|
240
|
(5) Public counter per work station
|
75
|
(C) Open Area Work Stations
|
Area
|
(1) Clerical
|
48
|
(2) Clerical with reference
|
60
|
(3) Clerical with side chair
|
64
|
(4) Clerical with reference and side chair
|
80
|
(D) Conference, Meeting and Hearing Rooms
|
Area
|
Based on 20 s.f. per person
|
(1) Consultation or Interview (2-4 people)
|
80
|
(2) 14 to 16 people
|
300
|
(3) 18 to 20 people
|
375
|
(4) 22 to 24 people
|
450
|
(5) 36 to 38 people
|
600
|
(E) Auxiliary Space
|
Area
|
(1) File Room (per file cabinet)
|
10
|
(2) Copier Room (per copier)
|
175
|
(3) Information Technology Room (minimum)
|
32
|
(4) Employee Break room (based on serving at the same
time)
|
Up to 5 people
|
120
|
6 to 10 people
|
180
|
11 to 15 people
|
220
|
(F) Service Areas
|
Area
|
(1) Janitorial Closet
|
24
|
(2) Electrical Closet (minimum clearance as required by
building codes)
|
(3' clearance in front of equipment & 12'
above)
|
(3) Telecommunications Closet (minimum)
|
32
|
(4) ADA Unisex Restroom (minimum dimensions)
|
7'6" x 6'
|
(5) Mechanical space
|
See below
|
(G) Circulation
Corridor and circulation space, toilet rooms, stairs, elevators
and separate mechanical space should not exceed 25% of the total building area.
Ratio of net leasable area to gross building area should result in a building
efficiency of 75% - 85%.
5.105 ABA LEASE FORMS 1 & 2
|
Arkansas Building Authority
|
Lease Term:
|
STATE OF ARKANSAS
|
Annual Rent: $
|
COUNTY OF PULASKI
|
Square Feet:
|
Standard Lease Form 1
|
Rate:$
|
Approved by Attorney General
|
Type: New -:
|
Month/Date/Year of Effective Date
|
Worked By:
|
Agency: County:
|
Lease #:
|
STATE OF ARKANSAS LEASE AGREEMENT
This Lease is made this day of ___________, 20___, by which
Lessor leases the PREMISES to Lessee through ABA, Lessee's Leasing
Agent.
For the purposes of this Lease Agreement the following
definitions apply:
"LESSOR" means: LESSOR'S NAME, individual, partnership or
corporation
"LESSEE" means: STATE AGENCY AND PERMANENT ADDRESS, an agency of
the State of Arkansas.
"ABA" means the Real Estate Services Section of Arkansas Building
Authority. By law ABA is the leasing agency for LESSEE. Arkansas Code Annotated
§
22-2-114.
ABA is not an additional LESSEE and therefore shall not owe any rent.
"PREMISES" means the property which is the subject of this Lease
which is further described in paragraph #1.
1. DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES:
Approximately 0,000 square feet of type of space located at
street address; all situated in the City of city name, County of county name,
Arkansas.
2. TERM:
The initial term will begin on _________ and end on __________ .
The LESSEE may elect to extend the term not more than ninety (90) days upon the
same terms by written notice to LESSOR, not less than thirty (30) days before
the end of the initial term.
3. RENT:
The LESSEE agrees to pay $ ________ per calendar month on or
before the tenth (10) day of each such period, upon invoice from the LESSOR. If
the Term commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then
the installment of the Rent for such month shall be prorated upon a daily basis
at the rate of $ _________ per day.
4. UTILITIES AND SERVICES:
The LESSOR will furnish the following utilities and
services:
___ - Electricity ____ - Elevator Service
___ - Gas ____- Trash Removal
___ - Water and Sewer ____ - Janitorial Services and
Supplies
___ - Lamps, tubes, ballast and replacements
5. MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT:
The LESSOR shall maintain the leased PREMISES, including the
building and all equipment, fixtures, and appurtenances furnished by the LESSOR
under this Lease, in good repair and tenantable condition, except in case of
damages arising from the acts of the LESSEE'S agents or employees. For the
purpose of so maintaining said PREMISES and property, the LESSOR may at
reasonable times, and with the approval of the authorized LESSEE representative
in charge, enter and inspect the same and make any necessary repairs hereto.
The LESSOR shall be responsible for maintaining all structural supports and
exterior walls of the building, including windows, doors, and passageways from
the lobby, street and parking areas leading to the leased property, and the
adjacent sidewalks and entrance lobby, in good order and repair, and free of
snow, ice, rubbish and other obstructions. LESSOR shall provide lawn and plant
maintenance and shall provide monthly pest control service. LESSOR shall
maintain in good working order and repair all plumbing, toilet facilities and
other fixtures and equipment installed for the general supply of hot and cold
water, heat, air-conditioning (including monthly maintenance and
filters).
6. FAILURE TO
PERFORM:
The covenant to pay rent and the covenant to provide any service,
utility, maintenance, or repair required under this Lease are dependent. If the
LESSOR shall breach any of the conditions required to be performed by it under
this Lease, LESSEE may cure such breach and deduct the cost thereof from rent
subsequently becoming due hereunder. If LESSOR fails to correct a deficiency
within thirty (30) days after written notice from ABA and LESSEE, or within an
appropriate shorter period stated in the notice, in the event of a deficiency
constituting a hazard to the health and safety of the LESSEE'S employees,
property, or any other person, ABA and LESSEE may elect to terminate this
Lease.
Nothing shall prohibit the LESSEE from extending the time periods
stated above if LESSEE determines that it is in its best interest to do so and
LESSEE determines that the LESSOR is diligently seeking to cure such failure or
breach and the deficiency can be corrected within the extended time period in a
manner that will ensure throughout the time period as well as upon completion,
the safety of the LESSEE'S employees, property and other persons.
7. DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER
CASUALTY:
LESSOR shall bear the risk of loss by fire or other casualty and
shall maintain fire and extended coverage insurance to the full replacement
value of the PREMISES. If the PREMISES are destroyed by fire or other casualty,
this Lease will immediately terminate. In case of partial destruction or
damage, so as to render the PREMISES unsuitable for the purposes for which they
are leased, as determined by LESSEE and ABA, the LESSEE, may terminate the
Lease by giving written notice to the LESSOR through ABA, within fifteen (15)
calendar days thereafter; if so terminated, no rent will accrue to the LESSOR
after such partial destruction or damage; and if not so terminated, the rent
will be reduced proportionately by supplemental agreement hereto effective from
the date of such partial destruction or damage.
Nothing shall prohibit the LESSEE from extending the time periods
stated above if LESSEE determines that it is in its best interest to do so and
determines in addition that the LESSOR is diligently seeking to cure the
partial destruction or damage and the partial destruction or damage can be
corrected within the extended time period in a manner that will ensure
throughout the time period as well as upon completion, the safety of the
LESSEE'S employees, property and other persons.
8. ALTERATIONS:
The LESSEE may attach fixtures and install signs in or to the
PREMISES with LESSOR'S approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such
fixtures and signs shall remain the property of LESSEE and may be removed from
the PREMISES within a reasonable time after the termination of this Lease
provided the LESSEE shall restore the PREMISES to a condition as good as at the
beginning of this Lease, ordinary wear and tear excepted.
ABA, acting as agent for LESSEE, may during the course of this
Lease negotiate with LESSOR for other improvements to be made in the PREMISES.
No additional cost or fee for services or work will be charged by LESSOR
without the prior written authorization of ABA.
9. TERMINATION:
In addition to other remedies provided herein, the LESSEE may
terminate this Lease by thirty (30) days written notice to LESSOR by ABA if the
LESSEE'S funds are insufficient for it to continue the operations for which the
PREMISES are being used.
10. SPECIAL PROVISIONS:
The parties agree that the terms and conditions of this Lease
shall be read together and harmonized whenever possible; however in the event
of a conflict between Section 10 or Section 11 and any other provisions
elsewhere in this Lease Agreement, the provisions contained in Sections 1-10
(Special Provisions (a) through (e) and Section 11 (Miscellaneous (a) through
(e) shall prevail.
(a) LESSOR shall be
responsible that this facility conforms to the Arkansas Fire Prevention Code,
as amended, Arkansas State Plumbing Code, The National Electrical Code, and any
other state and local laws, codes, authorities, etc., applicable to the leased
facility including the Arkansas adopted Americans with Disabilities Act
Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG).
(b) Failure to make any disclosure required
by Governor's Executive Order 98-04, or any violation of any rule, regulation,
or policy adopted pursuant to that Order, shall be a material breach of terms
of this contract. Any LESSOR, whether an individual or entity, who fails to
make the required disclosure or who violates any rule, regulation, or policy
shall be subject to all legal remedies available to the LESSEE.
(1) The LESSOR shall prior to assigning this
Lease with any person or entity, for which the total consideration is greater
than $25,000, requires the assignee to complete a Contract and Grant Disclosure
and Certification Form. The LESSOR shall ensure that any contract agreement,
current or future between the LESSOR and an assignee for which the total
consideration is greater than $25,000 shall contain the following:
Failure to make any disclosure required by Governor Executive
Order 98-04, or any violation of any rule, regulation or adopted pursuant to
that Order, shall be a material breach of the term of this Sublease. The party
who fails to make the required disclosure or who violates the rule, regulation,
or policy shall be subject to all legal remedies available to the
LESSEE.
(2) The LESSOR
shall transmit to the agency a copy of the Contract and Grant Disclosure and
Certification Form completed and signed by the assignee and a statement
containing the dollar amount of the Sublease. The LESSOR shall transmit to ABA
a copy of the disclosure form within ten (10) days of entering into any
agreement with assignee.
(3) The terms and conditions regarding the
failure to disclose and conditions which constitutes material breach of
contract and rights of termination and remedies under the Executive Order 98-04
are hereby incorporated within.
(c) The LESSOR hereby acknowledges that
insert real estate broker firm or individual is/was the LESSOR'S sole agent(s)
for these lease negotiations and states that the named broker(s) is/are
licensed by the State of Arkansas for such transactions.
(d) The State shall not be responsible for
the payment of any taxes or assessments for the PREMISES.
(e) Lessor asserts that he/she/it is/is not
the true owner of the PREMISES and the LESSOR'S rights to the PREMISES are/are
not pursuant to a lease or sublease.
(f) ADD ADDITIONAL SPECIALIZED PROVISIONS
HERE
11. MISCELLANEOUS:
(a) The Lease and any modifications or
amendments to it will not be valid without the written approval of
ABA.
(b) This Lease shall benefit
and bind the parties hereto and their heirs, personal representatives,
successors and assigns.
(c) The
LESSEE may terminate this Lease by written notice from ABA to LESSOR upon the
taking by eminent domain of any part of the PREMISES. This provision does not
prevent the LESSEE from claiming or recovering from the condemning authority
the value of LESSEE'S leasehold interests.
(d) Nothing in this Lease shall be construed
to waive the sovereign immunity of the STATE OF ARKANSAS or any entities
thereof.
(e) This Lease contains
the entire agreement of the parties.
Executed by the parties who individually represent that each has
the authority to enter into this Lease.
LESSOR LESSEE
By: ____________________________ By:
_________________________________
Date: __________________________ Date:
_______________________________
ARKANSAS BUILDING AUTHORITY As Agent for
By: ____________________________ By:
________________________________
Name, Administrator of Real Estate Services Name, Director
Date: __________________________ Date:
_______________________________
Arkansas Building Authority
|
Lease Term:
|
STATE OF ARKANSAS
|
Annual Rent: $
|
COUNTY OF PULASKI
|
Square Feet:
|
Standard Lease Form 2
|
Rate: $
|
Approved by Attorney General
|
Type: New
|
Month/Date/Year of Effective Date
|
Worked By:
|
County: Agency:
|
Lease #:
|
STATE OF ARKANSAS LEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN STATE
AGENCIES
This Lease is made this day of ___________, year, by which
Lessor leases the PREMISES to Lessee.
For the purposes of this Lease Agreement the following
definitions apply:
"LESSOR" means: ARKANSAS BUILDING AUTHORITY, permanent address,
an agency of the State of Arkansas.
"LESSEE" means: STATE AGENCY AND PERMANENT ADDRESS, an agency of
the State of Arkansas.
1. DESCRIPTION
OF PREMISES:
Approximately ______ square feet of office space located in the
________ Building at ________________ ; all situated in the City of city name,
County of county name, Arkansas, further described as follows:
2. TERM:
The term of this Lease will begin on date and end on date, unless
the term shall be sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.
3. RENT:
The LESSEE agrees to pay to LESSOR the sum of $ ___________ per
calendar annum, payable in monthly installments of $ ___________, apportionable on a daily basis at $ ____________ Such amount to be paid to
LESSOR at: address, Little Rock, AR 72201.
This Lease will commence on the date which the LESSEE shall have
commenced business operations upon the leased PREMISES. In the event that the
term of the Lease shall commence on a day other than the first day of the
calendar month, the LESSEE shall pay, upon the commencement date of the term, a
portion of the fixed annual rental described in the foregoing provision,
prorated on a daily basis.
4. UTILITIES AND SERVICES:
It is understood that the rental paid by the LESSEE is for the
purposes of reimbursing the LESSOR for providing maintenance and repair of all
mechanical and structural systems, janitorial service, utilities, pest control,
security, trash removal, grounds, including applicable parking areas,
maintenance, insurance, and all other expenses normally associated with the
maintenance and operation of the lease PREMISES. LESSOR may seek additional
reimbursements from LESSEE for "after-hour call outs" of ABA Building
Operations Personnel due to acts or omissions by LESSEE'S employees,
representatives or invitees.
5. ALTERATIONS:
The LESSEE may attach fixtures and install signs in or to the
PREMISES with LESSOR'S approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such
fixtures and signs shall remain the property of LESSEE and may be removed from
the PREMISES within a reasonable time after the termination of this Lease
provided the LESSEE shall restore the PREMISES to a condition as good as at the
beginning of this Lease, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Any subsequent
requested space alterations, attaching fixtures, and erecting additions after
the initial construction has been completed and accepted by the LESSEE shall be
the responsibility of the LESSEE. No services or work will be performed for
which an additional cost or fee will be charged by LESSOR without the prior
written authorization of the LESSEE.
6. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS:
LESSOR and LESSEE mutually agree that the following additional
provisions are hereby added to become a part of this Lease Agreement:
(a) LESSOR shall bear the risk of loss by
fire or other casualty and shall maintain fire and extended coverage insurance
to the full replacement value of the PREMISES. If the PREMISES are destroyed by
fire or other casualty, this Lease will immediately terminate. In case of
partial destruction or damage, so as to render the PREMISES unsuitable for the
purposes for which they are leased, as determined by LESSOR, the LESSOR, may
terminate the Lease by giving written notice to the LESSEE, within fifteen (15)
calendar days thereafter; if so terminated, no rent will accrue to the LESSOR
after such partial destruction or damage; and if not so terminated, the rent
will be reduced proportionately by supplemental agreement hereto effective from
the date of such partial destruction or damage.
(b) LESSEE agrees to accept the lease
PREMISES in "as is" condition. All modifications will be at the expense of the
LESSEE.
OR if alterations are made that are specific to the Lessee's
operations conditional language can be added to state:
(1) Alterations shall remain the property of
the LESSEE.
(2) Alterations shall
be removed by LESSEE within thirty (30) days upon Lease termination or
expiration, unless alterations are accepted in writing by ABA.
(3) LESSEE shall restore the PREMISES in a
condition as good as at the beginning of the Lease term; ordinary wear and tear
excepted.
(c) This Lease
shall benefit and bind the parties hereto and their heirs, personal
representatives, successors and assigns.
(d) Nothing in this Lease shall be construed
to waive the sovereign immunity of the STATE OF ARKANSAS or any entities
thereof.
(e) In all instances in
which a LESSEE employs an individual or individuals who require an emergency
evacuation auxiliary aid to safely exit the PREMISES during an emergency
situation, the LESSEE is required to, and is solely responsible for obtaining,
maintaining, and training in the use of said auxiliary aid. Any necessary
installation of said device shall be coordinated and approved by the LESSOR.
This requirement shall apply in all instances regardless of whether the
individual(s) with disabilities are employed at the time of the execution of
this Lease, are hired and employed after execution of this Lease, or a current
employee regardless of hire date becomes disabled so as to require an emergency
evacuation auxiliary aid.
(f)
LESSEE shall not sublease nor assign this Lease without the written approval of
the LESSOR.
(g) This Lease contains
the entire agreement of the parties.
7. BUILDING RULES:
The LESSEE agrees to cooperate with LESSOR in enforcing the
Building Rules attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit
"A". In the case that LESSEE is notified by LESSOR of Building Rule infractions
committed by LESSEE'S employees or invitees, LESSEE agrees to take prompt and
appropriate action to correct such violations.
8. RELOCATION
Nothing in this Lease shall be construed to prohibit or lessen
LESSOR'S authority to relocate LESSEE, therefore when requested by LESSOR,
LESSEE agrees to execute and enter into a lease or an amended lease with LESSOR
or other public entity for the leasing of space in any public buildings as
deemed by the LESSOR to be in the best interests of the State.
Executed by the parties who individually represent that each has
the authority to enter into this Lease:
LESSOR: LESSEE:
ARKANSAS BUILDING AUTHORITY
By: _________________________________ By:
__________________________
Name, Title, Real Estate Services Section
Date: ________________________________ Date:
__________________________
By: _________________________________
Name, Director
Date: _________________________________